1 /* ELF executable support for BFD.
3 Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
4 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012,
6 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
8 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
10 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
11 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
12 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
13 (at your option) any later version.
15 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
16 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
17 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
18 GNU General Public License for more details.
20 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
21 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
22 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
23 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
30 BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
31 Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
32 (running svr4 or Solaris 2).
34 Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
35 to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we
36 haven't bothered yet. */
38 /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */
46 #include "libiberty.h"
47 #include "safe-ctype.h"
48 #include "elf-linux-psinfo.h"
54 static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *);
55 static bfd_boolean
assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*);
56 static bfd_boolean
prep_headers (bfd
*);
57 static bfd_boolean
swap_out_syms (bfd
*, struct bfd_strtab_hash
**, int) ;
58 static bfd_boolean
elf_read_notes (bfd
*, file_ptr
, bfd_size_type
) ;
59 static bfd_boolean
elf_parse_notes (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, size_t size
,
62 /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is
63 currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will
64 need to move into elfcode.h. */
66 /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */
69 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd
*abfd
,
70 const Elf_External_Verdef
*src
,
71 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*dst
)
73 dst
->vd_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
);
74 dst
->vd_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
);
75 dst
->vd_ndx
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
);
76 dst
->vd_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
);
77 dst
->vd_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
);
78 dst
->vd_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
);
79 dst
->vd_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
);
82 /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */
85 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd
*abfd
,
86 const Elf_Internal_Verdef
*src
,
87 Elf_External_Verdef
*dst
)
89 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
, dst
->vd_version
);
90 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
, dst
->vd_flags
);
91 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
, dst
->vd_ndx
);
92 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
, dst
->vd_cnt
);
93 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
, dst
->vd_hash
);
94 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
, dst
->vd_aux
);
95 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
, dst
->vd_next
);
98 /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */
101 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
102 const Elf_External_Verdaux
*src
,
103 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*dst
)
105 dst
->vda_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
);
106 dst
->vda_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
);
109 /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */
112 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
113 const Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*src
,
114 Elf_External_Verdaux
*dst
)
116 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
, dst
->vda_name
);
117 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
, dst
->vda_next
);
120 /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */
123 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd
*abfd
,
124 const Elf_External_Verneed
*src
,
125 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*dst
)
127 dst
->vn_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
);
128 dst
->vn_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
);
129 dst
->vn_file
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
);
130 dst
->vn_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
);
131 dst
->vn_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
);
134 /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */
137 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd
*abfd
,
138 const Elf_Internal_Verneed
*src
,
139 Elf_External_Verneed
*dst
)
141 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
, dst
->vn_version
);
142 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
, dst
->vn_cnt
);
143 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
, dst
->vn_file
);
144 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
, dst
->vn_aux
);
145 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
, dst
->vn_next
);
148 /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */
151 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
152 const Elf_External_Vernaux
*src
,
153 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*dst
)
155 dst
->vna_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
);
156 dst
->vna_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
);
157 dst
->vna_other
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
);
158 dst
->vna_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
);
159 dst
->vna_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
);
162 /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */
165 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
166 const Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*src
,
167 Elf_External_Vernaux
*dst
)
169 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
, dst
->vna_hash
);
170 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
, dst
->vna_flags
);
171 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
, dst
->vna_other
);
172 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
, dst
->vna_name
);
173 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
, dst
->vna_next
);
176 /* Swap in a Versym structure. */
179 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd
*abfd
,
180 const Elf_External_Versym
*src
,
181 Elf_Internal_Versym
*dst
)
183 dst
->vs_vers
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
);
186 /* Swap out a Versym structure. */
189 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd
*abfd
,
190 const Elf_Internal_Versym
*src
,
191 Elf_External_Versym
*dst
)
193 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
, dst
->vs_vers
);
196 /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will
197 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
200 bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg
)
202 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
207 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
210 if ((g
= (h
& 0xf0000000)) != 0)
213 /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in
214 this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */
218 return h
& 0xffffffff;
221 /* DT_GNU_HASH hash function. Do not change this function; you will
222 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
225 bfd_elf_gnu_hash (const char *namearg
)
227 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
228 unsigned long h
= 5381;
231 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
232 h
= (h
<< 5) + h
+ ch
;
233 return h
& 0xffffffff;
236 /* Create a tdata field OBJECT_SIZE bytes in length, zeroed out and with
237 the object_id field of an elf_obj_tdata field set to OBJECT_ID. */
239 bfd_elf_allocate_object (bfd
*abfd
,
241 enum elf_target_id object_id
)
243 BFD_ASSERT (object_size
>= sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
));
244 abfd
->tdata
.any
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, object_size
);
245 if (abfd
->tdata
.any
== NULL
)
248 elf_object_id (abfd
) = object_id
;
249 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = (bfd_size_type
) -1;
255 bfd_elf_make_object (bfd
*abfd
)
257 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
258 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
),
263 bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd
*abfd
)
265 /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */
266 return abfd
->xvec
->_bfd_set_format
[(int) bfd_object
] (abfd
);
270 bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
272 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
273 bfd_byte
*shstrtab
= NULL
;
275 bfd_size_type shstrtabsize
;
277 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
279 || shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
)
280 || i_shdrp
[shindex
] == 0)
283 shstrtab
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
;
284 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
286 /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
287 offset
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_offset
;
288 shstrtabsize
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
;
290 /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes
291 in case the string table is not terminated. */
292 if (shstrtabsize
+ 1 <= 1
293 || (shstrtab
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, shstrtabsize
+ 1)) == NULL
294 || bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
296 else if (bfd_bread (shstrtab
, shstrtabsize
, abfd
) != shstrtabsize
)
298 if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call
)
299 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated
);
301 /* Once we've failed to read it, make sure we don't keep
302 trying. Otherwise, we'll keep allocating space for
303 the string table over and over. */
304 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
= 0;
307 shstrtab
[shstrtabsize
] = '\0';
308 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
= shstrtab
;
310 return (char *) shstrtab
;
314 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd
*abfd
,
315 unsigned int shindex
,
316 unsigned int strindex
)
318 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
323 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
) == NULL
|| shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
326 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
328 if (hdr
->contents
== NULL
329 && bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd
, shindex
) == NULL
)
332 if (strindex
>= hdr
->sh_size
)
334 unsigned int shstrndx
= elf_elfheader(abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
335 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
336 (_("%B: invalid string offset %u >= %lu for section `%s'"),
337 abfd
, strindex
, (unsigned long) hdr
->sh_size
,
338 (shindex
== shstrndx
&& strindex
== hdr
->sh_name
340 : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shstrndx
, hdr
->sh_name
)));
344 return ((char *) hdr
->contents
) + strindex
;
347 /* Read and convert symbols to internal format.
348 SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from
349 symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF
350 are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external
351 symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively.
352 Returns a pointer to the internal symbol buffer (malloced if necessary)
353 or NULL if there were no symbols or some kind of problem. */
356 bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd
*ibfd
,
357 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
360 Elf_Internal_Sym
*intsym_buf
,
362 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*extshndx_buf
)
364 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shndx_hdr
;
366 const bfd_byte
*esym
;
367 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*alloc_extshndx
;
368 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*shndx
;
369 Elf_Internal_Sym
*alloc_intsym
;
370 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
371 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
372 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
377 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
383 /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */
385 if (symtab_hdr
== &elf_tdata (ibfd
)->symtab_hdr
)
386 shndx_hdr
= &elf_tdata (ibfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
388 /* Read the symbols. */
390 alloc_extshndx
= NULL
;
392 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
393 extsym_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
394 amt
= symcount
* extsym_size
;
395 pos
= symtab_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* extsym_size
;
396 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
)
398 alloc_ext
= bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, extsym_size
);
399 extsym_buf
= alloc_ext
;
401 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
402 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
403 || bfd_bread (extsym_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
409 if (shndx_hdr
== NULL
|| shndx_hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
413 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
414 pos
= shndx_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
415 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
)
417 alloc_extshndx
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*)
418 bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
));
419 extshndx_buf
= alloc_extshndx
;
421 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
422 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
423 || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
430 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
432 alloc_intsym
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*)
433 bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
));
434 intsym_buf
= alloc_intsym
;
435 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
439 /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */
440 isymend
= intsym_buf
+ symcount
;
441 for (esym
= (const bfd_byte
*) extsym_buf
, isym
= intsym_buf
,
442 shndx
= extshndx_buf
;
444 esym
+= extsym_size
, isym
++, shndx
= shndx
!= NULL
? shndx
+ 1 : NULL
)
445 if (!(*bed
->s
->swap_symbol_in
) (ibfd
, esym
, shndx
, isym
))
447 symoffset
+= (esym
- (bfd_byte
*) extsym_buf
) / extsym_size
;
448 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%B symbol number %lu references "
449 "nonexistent SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section"),
450 ibfd
, (unsigned long) symoffset
);
451 if (alloc_intsym
!= NULL
)
458 if (alloc_ext
!= NULL
)
460 if (alloc_extshndx
!= NULL
)
461 free (alloc_extshndx
);
466 /* Look up a symbol name. */
468 bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd
*abfd
,
469 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
470 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
474 unsigned int iname
= isym
->st_name
;
475 unsigned int shindex
= symtab_hdr
->sh_link
;
477 if (iname
== 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
478 /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */
479 && isym
->st_shndx
< elf_numsections (abfd
))
481 iname
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[isym
->st_shndx
]->sh_name
;
482 shindex
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
485 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shindex
, iname
);
488 else if (sym_sec
&& *name
== '\0')
489 name
= bfd_section_name (abfd
, sym_sec
);
494 /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP
495 sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section
498 typedef union elf_internal_group
{
499 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
;
501 } Elf_Internal_Group
;
503 /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the
504 signature just a string? */
507 group_signature (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ghdr
)
509 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
510 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
511 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
512 Elf_Internal_Sym isym
;
514 /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure
515 that it is a symbol table section. */
516 if (ghdr
->sh_link
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
518 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) [ghdr
->sh_link
];
519 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
520 || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, ghdr
->sh_link
))
523 /* Go read the symbol. */
524 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
525 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, 1, ghdr
->sh_info
,
526 &isym
, esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
529 return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd
, hdr
, &isym
, NULL
);
532 /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */
535 setup_group (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*newsect
)
537 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
539 /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count
540 is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */
543 unsigned int i
, shnum
;
545 /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP
546 section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */
547 shnum
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
550 #define IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER(shdr, minsize) \
551 ( (shdr)->sh_type == SHT_GROUP \
552 && (shdr)->sh_size >= minsize \
553 && (shdr)->sh_entsize == GRP_ENTRY_SIZE \
554 && ((shdr)->sh_size % GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) == 0)
556 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
558 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
560 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr
, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
566 num_group
= (unsigned) -1;
567 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
571 /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections,
572 so we can find them quickly. */
575 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
576 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
**)
577 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, num_group
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*));
578 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
== NULL
)
582 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
584 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
586 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr
, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
589 Elf_Internal_Group
*dest
;
591 /* Add to list of sections. */
592 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[num_group
] = shdr
;
595 /* Read the raw contents. */
596 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest
) >= 4);
597 amt
= shdr
->sh_size
* sizeof (*dest
) / 4;
598 shdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *)
599 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, shdr
->sh_size
, sizeof (*dest
) / 4);
600 /* PR binutils/4110: Handle corrupt group headers. */
601 if (shdr
->contents
== NULL
)
604 (_("%B: Corrupt size field in group section header: 0x%lx"), abfd
, shdr
->sh_size
);
605 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
609 memset (shdr
->contents
, 0, amt
);
611 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, shdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
612 || (bfd_bread (shdr
->contents
, shdr
->sh_size
, abfd
)
616 /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an
617 array of elf section indices all in target byte order,
618 to the flag word followed by an array of elf section
620 src
= shdr
->contents
+ shdr
->sh_size
;
621 dest
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) (shdr
->contents
+ amt
);
628 idx
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
);
629 if (src
== shdr
->contents
)
632 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
&& (idx
& GRP_COMDAT
))
633 shdr
->bfd_section
->flags
634 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
639 ((*_bfd_error_handler
)
640 (_("%B: invalid SHT_GROUP entry"), abfd
));
643 dest
->shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[idx
];
650 if (num_group
!= (unsigned) -1)
654 for (i
= 0; i
< num_group
; i
++)
656 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
657 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
658 unsigned int n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
660 /* Look through this group's sections to see if current
661 section is a member. */
663 if ((++idx
)->shdr
== hdr
)
667 /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through
668 other members to see if any others are linked via
670 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
671 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
673 if ((s
= (++idx
)->shdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
674 && elf_next_in_group (s
) != NULL
)
678 /* Snarf the group name from other member, and
679 insert current section in circular list. */
680 elf_group_name (newsect
) = elf_group_name (s
);
681 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = elf_next_in_group (s
);
682 elf_next_in_group (s
) = newsect
;
688 gname
= group_signature (abfd
, shdr
);
691 elf_group_name (newsect
) = gname
;
693 /* Start a circular list with one element. */
694 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = newsect
;
697 /* If the group section has been created, point to the
699 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
700 elf_next_in_group (shdr
->bfd_section
) = newsect
;
708 if (elf_group_name (newsect
) == NULL
)
710 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%B: no group info for section %A"),
717 _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd
*abfd
)
720 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
721 bfd_boolean result
= TRUE
;
724 /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
725 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
727 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
;
728 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
730 unsigned int elfsec
= this_hdr
->sh_link
;
731 /* FIXME: The old Intel compiler and old strip/objcopy may
732 not set the sh_link or sh_info fields. Hence we could
733 get the situation where elfsec is 0. */
736 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
737 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
738 bed
->link_order_error_handler
739 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
744 asection
*linksec
= NULL
;
746 if (elfsec
< elf_numsections (abfd
))
748 this_hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
];
749 linksec
= this_hdr
->bfd_section
;
753 Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in
754 sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */
757 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
758 (_("%B: sh_link [%d] in section `%A' is incorrect"),
759 s
->owner
, s
, elfsec
);
763 elf_linked_to_section (s
) = linksec
;
768 /* Process section groups. */
769 if (num_group
== (unsigned) -1)
772 for (i
= 0; i
< num_group
; i
++)
774 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
775 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
776 unsigned int n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
779 if ((++idx
)->shdr
->bfd_section
)
780 elf_sec_group (idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) = shdr
->bfd_section
;
781 else if (idx
->shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
782 || idx
->shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
)
783 /* We won't include relocation sections in section groups in
784 output object files. We adjust the group section size here
785 so that relocatable link will work correctly when
786 relocation sections are in section group in input object
788 shdr
->bfd_section
->size
-= 4;
791 /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */
792 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
793 (_("%B: unknown [%d] section `%s' in group [%s]"),
795 (unsigned int) idx
->shdr
->sh_type
,
796 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
,
797 (elf_elfheader (abfd
)
800 shdr
->bfd_section
->name
);
808 bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, const asection
*sec
)
810 return elf_next_in_group (sec
) != NULL
;
813 /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the
814 BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */
817 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
818 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
824 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
826 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
829 newsect
= bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd
, name
);
833 hdr
->bfd_section
= newsect
;
834 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_hdr
= *hdr
;
835 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_idx
= shindex
;
837 /* Always use the real type/flags. */
838 elf_section_type (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_type
;
839 elf_section_flags (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_flags
;
841 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
843 if (! bfd_set_section_vma (abfd
, newsect
, hdr
->sh_addr
)
844 || ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd
, newsect
, hdr
->sh_size
)
845 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, newsect
,
846 bfd_log2 (hdr
->sh_addralign
)))
849 flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
850 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
851 flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
852 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
853 flags
|= SEC_GROUP
| SEC_EXCLUDE
;
854 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
857 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
860 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) == 0)
861 flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
862 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
864 else if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
866 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_MERGE
) != 0)
869 newsect
->entsize
= hdr
->sh_entsize
;
870 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_STRINGS
) != 0)
871 flags
|= SEC_STRINGS
;
873 if (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
)
874 if (!setup_group (abfd
, hdr
, newsect
))
876 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0)
877 flags
|= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
;
878 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
879 flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
881 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
883 /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name,
884 not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */
891 else if (name
[1] == 'g' && name
[2] == 'n')
892 p
= ".gnu.linkonce.wi.", n
= 17;
893 else if (name
[1] == 'g' && name
[2] == 'd')
894 p
= ".gdb_index", n
= 11; /* yes we really do mean 11. */
895 else if (name
[1] == 'l')
897 else if (name
[1] == 's')
899 else if (name
[1] == 'z')
900 p
= ".zdebug", n
= 7;
903 if (p
!= NULL
&& strncmp (name
, p
, n
) == 0)
904 flags
|= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
908 /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
909 only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support
910 g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
911 The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
912 are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
913 all but one of the sections. */
914 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce")
915 && elf_next_in_group (newsect
) == NULL
)
916 flags
|= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
918 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
919 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_flags
)
920 if (! bed
->elf_backend_section_flags (&flags
, hdr
))
923 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, newsect
, flags
))
926 /* We do not parse the PT_NOTE segments as we are interested even in the
927 separate debug info files which may have the segments offsets corrupted.
928 PT_NOTEs from the core files are currently not parsed using BFD. */
929 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOTE
)
933 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, newsect
, &contents
))
936 elf_parse_notes (abfd
, (char *) contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, -1);
940 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
942 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdr
;
943 unsigned int i
, nload
;
945 /* Some ELF linkers produce binaries with all the program header
946 p_paddr fields zero. If we have such a binary with more than
947 one PT_LOAD header, then leave the section lma equal to vma
948 so that we don't create sections with overlapping lma. */
949 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
950 for (nload
= 0, i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
951 if (phdr
->p_paddr
!= 0)
953 else if (phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& phdr
->p_memsz
!= 0)
955 if (i
>= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
&& nload
> 1)
958 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
959 for (i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
961 if (((phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
962 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0)
963 || phdr
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
964 && ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (hdr
, phdr
))
966 if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
967 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
968 + hdr
->sh_addr
- phdr
->p_vaddr
);
970 /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD
971 sections, but that doesn't work if the segment
972 is packed with code from multiple VMAs.
973 Instead we calculate the section LMA based on
974 the segment LMA. It is assumed that the
975 segment will contain sections with contiguous
976 LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */
977 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
978 + hdr
->sh_offset
- phdr
->p_offset
);
980 /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file
981 offsets whether a section with zero size should
982 be placed at the end of one segment or the
983 beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */
984 if (hdr
->sh_addr
>= phdr
->p_vaddr
985 && (hdr
->sh_addr
+ hdr
->sh_size
986 <= phdr
->p_vaddr
+ phdr
->p_memsz
))
992 /* Compress/decompress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_* and
993 .zdebug_*, after the section flags is set. */
994 if ((flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
995 && ((name
[1] == 'd' && name
[6] == '_')
996 || (name
[1] == 'z' && name
[7] == '_')))
998 enum { nothing
, compress
, decompress
} action
= nothing
;
1001 if (bfd_is_section_compressed (abfd
, newsect
))
1003 /* Compressed section. Check if we should decompress. */
1004 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_DECOMPRESS
))
1005 action
= decompress
;
1009 /* Normal section. Check if we should compress. */
1010 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS
) && newsect
->size
!= 0)
1020 if (!bfd_init_section_compress_status (abfd
, newsect
))
1022 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1023 (_("%B: unable to initialize compress status for section %s"),
1029 unsigned int len
= strlen (name
);
1031 new_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 2);
1032 if (new_name
== NULL
)
1036 memcpy (new_name
+ 2, name
+ 1, len
);
1040 if (!bfd_init_section_decompress_status (abfd
, newsect
))
1042 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1043 (_("%B: unable to initialize decompress status for section %s"),
1049 unsigned int len
= strlen (name
);
1051 new_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
1052 if (new_name
== NULL
)
1055 memcpy (new_name
+ 1, name
+ 2, len
- 1);
1059 if (new_name
!= NULL
)
1060 bfd_rename_section (abfd
, newsect
, new_name
);
1066 const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names
[] = {
1067 "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
1068 "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
1069 "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
1072 /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable
1073 output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
1074 has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
1075 be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to
1076 change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
1077 all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code
1078 into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
1079 function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing
1080 relocatable output against an external symbol. */
1082 bfd_reloc_status_type
1083 bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1084 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
1086 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1087 asection
*input_section
,
1089 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1091 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
1092 && (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
1093 && (! reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
1094 || reloc_entry
->addend
== 0))
1096 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1097 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1100 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1103 /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to
1107 _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
1109 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1110 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
1113 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (obfd
)
1114 || (elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
1115 == elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
));
1117 elf_gp (obfd
) = elf_gp (ibfd
);
1118 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
1119 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
1121 /* Copy object attributes. */
1122 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
1127 get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type
)
1132 case PT_NULL
: pt
= "NULL"; break;
1133 case PT_LOAD
: pt
= "LOAD"; break;
1134 case PT_DYNAMIC
: pt
= "DYNAMIC"; break;
1135 case PT_INTERP
: pt
= "INTERP"; break;
1136 case PT_NOTE
: pt
= "NOTE"; break;
1137 case PT_SHLIB
: pt
= "SHLIB"; break;
1138 case PT_PHDR
: pt
= "PHDR"; break;
1139 case PT_TLS
: pt
= "TLS"; break;
1140 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
: pt
= "EH_FRAME"; break;
1141 case PT_GNU_STACK
: pt
= "STACK"; break;
1142 case PT_GNU_RELRO
: pt
= "RELRO"; break;
1143 default: pt
= NULL
; break;
1148 /* Print out the program headers. */
1151 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *farg
)
1153 FILE *f
= (FILE *) farg
;
1154 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
1156 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
= NULL
;
1158 p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1163 fprintf (f
, _("\nProgram Header:\n"));
1164 c
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
1165 for (i
= 0; i
< c
; i
++, p
++)
1167 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (p
->p_type
);
1172 sprintf (buf
, "0x%lx", p
->p_type
);
1175 fprintf (f
, "%8s off 0x", pt
);
1176 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_offset
);
1177 fprintf (f
, " vaddr 0x");
1178 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_vaddr
);
1179 fprintf (f
, " paddr 0x");
1180 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_paddr
);
1181 fprintf (f
, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p
->p_align
));
1182 fprintf (f
, " filesz 0x");
1183 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_filesz
);
1184 fprintf (f
, " memsz 0x");
1185 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_memsz
);
1186 fprintf (f
, " flags %c%c%c",
1187 (p
->p_flags
& PF_R
) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
1188 (p
->p_flags
& PF_W
) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
1189 (p
->p_flags
& PF_X
) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
1190 if ((p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
)) != 0)
1191 fprintf (f
, " %lx", p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
));
1196 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
1199 unsigned int elfsec
;
1200 unsigned long shlink
;
1201 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *extdynend
;
1203 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
1205 fprintf (f
, _("\nDynamic Section:\n"));
1207 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
1210 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
1211 if (elfsec
== SHN_BAD
)
1213 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
1215 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
1216 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
1219 extdynend
= extdyn
+ s
->size
;
1220 for (; extdyn
< extdynend
; extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
1222 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
1223 const char *name
= "";
1225 bfd_boolean stringp
;
1226 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1228 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
1230 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
1237 if (bed
->elf_backend_get_target_dtag
)
1238 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_get_target_dtag
) (dyn
.d_tag
);
1240 if (!strcmp (name
, ""))
1242 sprintf (ab
, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn
.d_tag
);
1247 case DT_NEEDED
: name
= "NEEDED"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1248 case DT_PLTRELSZ
: name
= "PLTRELSZ"; break;
1249 case DT_PLTGOT
: name
= "PLTGOT"; break;
1250 case DT_HASH
: name
= "HASH"; break;
1251 case DT_STRTAB
: name
= "STRTAB"; break;
1252 case DT_SYMTAB
: name
= "SYMTAB"; break;
1253 case DT_RELA
: name
= "RELA"; break;
1254 case DT_RELASZ
: name
= "RELASZ"; break;
1255 case DT_RELAENT
: name
= "RELAENT"; break;
1256 case DT_STRSZ
: name
= "STRSZ"; break;
1257 case DT_SYMENT
: name
= "SYMENT"; break;
1258 case DT_INIT
: name
= "INIT"; break;
1259 case DT_FINI
: name
= "FINI"; break;
1260 case DT_SONAME
: name
= "SONAME"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1261 case DT_RPATH
: name
= "RPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1262 case DT_SYMBOLIC
: name
= "SYMBOLIC"; break;
1263 case DT_REL
: name
= "REL"; break;
1264 case DT_RELSZ
: name
= "RELSZ"; break;
1265 case DT_RELENT
: name
= "RELENT"; break;
1266 case DT_PLTREL
: name
= "PLTREL"; break;
1267 case DT_DEBUG
: name
= "DEBUG"; break;
1268 case DT_TEXTREL
: name
= "TEXTREL"; break;
1269 case DT_JMPREL
: name
= "JMPREL"; break;
1270 case DT_BIND_NOW
: name
= "BIND_NOW"; break;
1271 case DT_INIT_ARRAY
: name
= "INIT_ARRAY"; break;
1272 case DT_FINI_ARRAY
: name
= "FINI_ARRAY"; break;
1273 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1274 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1275 case DT_RUNPATH
: name
= "RUNPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1276 case DT_FLAGS
: name
= "FLAGS"; break;
1277 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break;
1278 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1279 case DT_CHECKSUM
: name
= "CHECKSUM"; break;
1280 case DT_PLTPADSZ
: name
= "PLTPADSZ"; break;
1281 case DT_MOVEENT
: name
= "MOVEENT"; break;
1282 case DT_MOVESZ
: name
= "MOVESZ"; break;
1283 case DT_FEATURE
: name
= "FEATURE"; break;
1284 case DT_POSFLAG_1
: name
= "POSFLAG_1"; break;
1285 case DT_SYMINSZ
: name
= "SYMINSZ"; break;
1286 case DT_SYMINENT
: name
= "SYMINENT"; break;
1287 case DT_CONFIG
: name
= "CONFIG"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1288 case DT_DEPAUDIT
: name
= "DEPAUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1289 case DT_AUDIT
: name
= "AUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1290 case DT_PLTPAD
: name
= "PLTPAD"; break;
1291 case DT_MOVETAB
: name
= "MOVETAB"; break;
1292 case DT_SYMINFO
: name
= "SYMINFO"; break;
1293 case DT_RELACOUNT
: name
= "RELACOUNT"; break;
1294 case DT_RELCOUNT
: name
= "RELCOUNT"; break;
1295 case DT_FLAGS_1
: name
= "FLAGS_1"; break;
1296 case DT_VERSYM
: name
= "VERSYM"; break;
1297 case DT_VERDEF
: name
= "VERDEF"; break;
1298 case DT_VERDEFNUM
: name
= "VERDEFNUM"; break;
1299 case DT_VERNEED
: name
= "VERNEED"; break;
1300 case DT_VERNEEDNUM
: name
= "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
1301 case DT_AUXILIARY
: name
= "AUXILIARY"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1302 case DT_USED
: name
= "USED"; break;
1303 case DT_FILTER
: name
= "FILTER"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1304 case DT_GNU_HASH
: name
= "GNU_HASH"; break;
1307 fprintf (f
, " %-20s ", name
);
1311 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
1316 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
1318 string
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
1321 fprintf (f
, "%s", string
);
1330 if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
1331 || (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
))
1333 if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd
, FALSE
))
1337 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
1339 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*t
;
1341 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion definitions:\n"));
1342 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vd_nextdef
)
1344 fprintf (f
, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t
->vd_ndx
,
1345 t
->vd_flags
, t
->vd_hash
,
1346 t
->vd_nodename
? t
->vd_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1347 if (t
->vd_auxptr
!= NULL
&& t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
!= NULL
)
1349 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*a
;
1352 for (a
= t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
;
1356 a
->vda_nodename
? a
->vda_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1362 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
1364 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1366 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion References:\n"));
1367 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vn_nextref
)
1369 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1371 fprintf (f
, _(" required from %s:\n"),
1372 t
->vn_filename
? t
->vn_filename
: "<corrupt>");
1373 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1374 fprintf (f
, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a
->vna_hash
,
1375 a
->vna_flags
, a
->vna_other
,
1376 a
->vna_nodename
? a
->vna_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1388 /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */
1391 bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1394 bfd_print_symbol_type how
)
1396 FILE *file
= (FILE *) filep
;
1399 case bfd_print_symbol_name
:
1400 fprintf (file
, "%s", symbol
->name
);
1402 case bfd_print_symbol_more
:
1403 fprintf (file
, "elf ");
1404 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, symbol
->value
);
1405 fprintf (file
, " %lx", (unsigned long) symbol
->flags
);
1407 case bfd_print_symbol_all
:
1409 const char *section_name
;
1410 const char *name
= NULL
;
1411 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1412 unsigned char st_other
;
1415 section_name
= symbol
->section
? symbol
->section
->name
: "(*none*)";
1417 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1418 if (bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
)
1419 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
) (abfd
, filep
, symbol
);
1423 name
= symbol
->name
;
1424 bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd
, file
, symbol
);
1427 fprintf (file
, " %s\t", section_name
);
1428 /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols,
1429 we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
1430 For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
1431 we've printed the address; now print the size. */
1432 if (symbol
->section
&& bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1433 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
1435 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
1436 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, val
);
1438 /* If we have version information, print it. */
1439 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_section
!= 0
1440 && (elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_section
!= 0
1441 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_section
!= 0))
1443 unsigned int vernum
;
1444 const char *version_string
;
1446 vernum
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->version
& VERSYM_VERSION
;
1449 version_string
= "";
1450 else if (vernum
== 1)
1451 version_string
= "Base";
1452 else if (vernum
<= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
)
1454 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1].vd_nodename
;
1457 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1459 version_string
= "";
1460 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
1464 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1466 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1468 if (a
->vna_other
== vernum
)
1470 version_string
= a
->vna_nodename
;
1477 if ((((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->version
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0)
1478 fprintf (file
, " %-11s", version_string
);
1483 fprintf (file
, " (%s)", version_string
);
1484 for (i
= 10 - strlen (version_string
); i
> 0; --i
)
1489 /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */
1490 st_other
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
1495 case STV_INTERNAL
: fprintf (file
, " .internal"); break;
1496 case STV_HIDDEN
: fprintf (file
, " .hidden"); break;
1497 case STV_PROTECTED
: fprintf (file
, " .protected"); break;
1499 /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print
1501 fprintf (file
, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other
);
1504 fprintf (file
, " %s", name
);
1510 /* Allocate an ELF string table--force the first byte to be zero. */
1512 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*
1513 _bfd_elf_stringtab_init (void)
1515 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*ret
;
1517 ret
= _bfd_stringtab_init ();
1522 loc
= _bfd_stringtab_add (ret
, "", TRUE
, FALSE
);
1523 BFD_ASSERT (loc
== 0 || loc
== (bfd_size_type
) -1);
1524 if (loc
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
1526 _bfd_stringtab_free (ret
);
1533 /* ELF .o/exec file reading */
1535 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
1538 bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
1540 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
1541 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*ehdr
;
1542 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1545 if (shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
1548 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
1549 ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
1550 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, ehdr
->e_shstrndx
,
1555 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1556 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
1559 /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */
1562 case SHT_PROGBITS
: /* Normal section with contents. */
1563 case SHT_NOBITS
: /* .bss section. */
1564 case SHT_HASH
: /* .hash section. */
1565 case SHT_NOTE
: /* .note section. */
1566 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
: /* .init_array section. */
1567 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
: /* .fini_array section. */
1568 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: /* .preinit_array section. */
1569 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
: /* .gnu.liblist section. */
1570 case SHT_GNU_HASH
: /* .gnu.hash section. */
1571 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1573 case SHT_DYNAMIC
: /* Dynamic linking information. */
1574 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
1576 if (hdr
->sh_link
> elf_numsections (abfd
))
1578 /* PR 10478: Accept Solaris binaries with a sh_link
1579 field set to SHN_BEFORE or SHN_AFTER. */
1580 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
1583 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
1584 if (hdr
->sh_link
== (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xffff) /* SHN_BEFORE */
1585 || hdr
->sh_link
== ((SHN_LORESERVE
+ 1) & 0xffff) /* SHN_AFTER */)
1587 /* Otherwise fall through. */
1592 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
] == NULL
)
1594 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_STRTAB
)
1596 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*dynsymhdr
;
1598 /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus
1599 sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the
1600 string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */
1601 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) != 0)
1603 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)];
1604 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
1608 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
1610 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1611 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
1613 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1614 if (dynsymhdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
1616 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
1624 case SHT_SYMTAB
: /* A symbol table */
1625 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
1628 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
1630 if (hdr
->sh_info
* hdr
->sh_entsize
> hdr
->sh_size
)
1632 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
1634 /* Some assemblers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
1635 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
1636 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
1640 BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == 0);
1641 elf_onesymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
1642 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1643 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
1644 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
1646 /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If
1647 SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
1648 treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the
1649 decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
1650 set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the
1652 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
1653 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
1654 && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1658 /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we
1659 can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It
1660 is most likely specified by the next section header. */
1661 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
)]->sh_link
!= shindex
)
1663 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
1665 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1666 for (i
= shindex
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
1668 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1669 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1670 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
1674 for (i
= 1; i
< shindex
; i
++)
1676 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1677 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1678 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
1682 return bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
);
1686 case SHT_DYNSYM
: /* A dynamic symbol table */
1687 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
1690 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
1692 if (hdr
->sh_info
* hdr
->sh_entsize
> hdr
->sh_size
)
1694 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
1696 /* Some linkers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
1697 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
1698 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
1702 BFD_ASSERT (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0);
1703 elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
1704 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1705 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
1706 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
1708 /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
1709 section, so that objcopy can handle it. */
1710 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1712 case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections */
1713 if (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
) == shindex
)
1716 BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
) == 0);
1717 elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
) = shindex
;
1718 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
= *hdr
;
1719 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
1722 case SHT_STRTAB
: /* A string table */
1723 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
1725 if (ehdr
->e_shstrndx
== shindex
)
1727 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1728 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
1731 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
1734 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1735 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
1738 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
1741 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1742 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
;
1743 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
;
1744 /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy
1746 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1750 /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a
1751 regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure,
1752 just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */
1753 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
1755 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
1757 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1758 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
1760 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1761 if (hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
1763 /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */
1766 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
))
1768 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == i
)
1770 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == i
)
1771 goto dynsymtab_strtab
;
1775 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1779 /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
1781 asection
*target_sect
;
1782 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
, **p_hdr
;
1783 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1784 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdt
;
1788 != (bfd_size_type
) (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
1789 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
: bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
))
1792 /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */
1793 if (hdr
->sh_link
>= num_sec
)
1795 ((*_bfd_error_handler
)
1796 (_("%B: invalid link %lu for reloc section %s (index %u)"),
1797 abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
, name
, shindex
));
1798 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1802 /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes
1803 libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have
1804 bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just
1805 reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use
1806 them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only
1807 one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point
1808 to it. I hope this doesn't break anything.
1810 Don't do it on executable nor shared library. */
1811 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0
1812 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
1813 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_DYNSYM
)
1819 for (scan
= 1; scan
< num_sec
; scan
++)
1821 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
1822 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
1833 hdr
->sh_link
= found
;
1836 /* Get the symbol table. */
1837 if ((elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
1838 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
1839 && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
))
1842 /* If this reloc section does not use the main symbol table we
1843 don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't adequately
1844 represent such a section, so at least for now, we don't
1845 try. We just present it as a normal section. We also
1846 can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the null
1847 section, an invalid section, another reloc section, or its
1848 sh_link points to the null section. */
1849 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_onesymtab (abfd
)
1850 || hdr
->sh_link
== SHN_UNDEF
1851 || hdr
->sh_info
== SHN_UNDEF
1852 || hdr
->sh_info
>= num_sec
1853 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_REL
1854 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
1855 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1858 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
))
1860 target_sect
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
);
1861 if (target_sect
== NULL
)
1864 esdt
= elf_section_data (target_sect
);
1865 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
1866 p_hdr
= &esdt
->rela
.hdr
;
1868 p_hdr
= &esdt
->rel
.hdr
;
1870 BFD_ASSERT (*p_hdr
== NULL
);
1871 amt
= sizeof (*hdr2
);
1872 hdr2
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
1877 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr2
;
1878 target_sect
->reloc_count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr
);
1879 target_sect
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
1880 target_sect
->relocation
= NULL
;
1881 target_sect
->rel_filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
1882 /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether
1883 its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */
1884 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
1886 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
1887 target_sect
->use_rela_p
= 1;
1889 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_RELOC
;
1893 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
1894 elf_dynverdef (abfd
) = shindex
;
1895 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
= *hdr
;
1896 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1898 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
1899 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
))
1901 elf_dynversym (abfd
) = shindex
;
1902 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_hdr
= *hdr
;
1903 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1905 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
1906 elf_dynverref (abfd
) = shindex
;
1907 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
= *hdr
;
1908 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1914 if (! IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (hdr
, GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
1916 if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
1918 if (hdr
->contents
!= NULL
)
1920 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) hdr
->contents
;
1921 unsigned int n_elt
= hdr
->sh_size
/ GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
;
1924 if (idx
->flags
& GRP_COMDAT
)
1925 hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
1926 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
1928 /* We try to keep the same section order as it comes in. */
1930 while (--n_elt
!= 0)
1934 if (idx
->shdr
!= NULL
1935 && (s
= idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
1936 && elf_next_in_group (s
) != NULL
)
1938 elf_next_in_group (hdr
->bfd_section
) = s
;
1946 /* Possibly an attributes section. */
1947 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_ATTRIBUTES
1948 || hdr
->sh_type
== bed
->obj_attrs_section_type
)
1950 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
1952 _bfd_elf_parse_attributes (abfd
, hdr
);
1956 /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
1957 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
1960 if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOUSER
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIUSER
)
1962 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
1963 /* FIXME: How to properly handle allocated section reserved
1964 for applications? */
1965 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1966 (_("%B: don't know how to handle allocated, application "
1967 "specific section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
1968 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
1970 /* Allow sections reserved for applications. */
1971 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1974 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOPROC
1975 && hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIPROC
)
1976 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
1977 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1978 (_("%B: don't know how to handle processor specific section "
1980 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
1981 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOOS
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIOS
)
1983 /* Unrecognised OS-specific sections. */
1984 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING
) != 0)
1985 /* SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING indicates that special knowledge is
1986 required to correctly process the section and the file should
1987 be rejected with an error message. */
1988 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1989 (_("%B: don't know how to handle OS specific section "
1991 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
1993 /* Otherwise it should be processed. */
1994 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1997 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
1998 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1999 (_("%B: don't know how to handle section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
2000 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2008 /* Return the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX. */
2011 bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (struct sym_cache
*cache
,
2013 unsigned long r_symndx
)
2015 unsigned int ent
= r_symndx
% LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE
;
2017 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
|| cache
->indx
[ent
] != r_symndx
)
2019 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2020 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
2021 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
2023 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2024 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, 1, r_symndx
,
2025 &cache
->sym
[ent
], esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
2028 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
)
2030 memset (cache
->indx
, -1, sizeof (cache
->indx
));
2033 cache
->indx
[ent
] = r_symndx
;
2036 return &cache
->sym
[ent
];
2039 /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
2043 bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int sec_index
)
2045 if (sec_index
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
2047 return elf_elfsections (abfd
)[sec_index
]->bfd_section
;
2050 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b
[] =
2052 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".bss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2053 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2056 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c
[] =
2058 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".comment"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2059 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2062 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d
[] =
2064 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2065 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2066 /* There are more DWARF sections than these, but they needn't be added here
2067 unless you have to cope with broken compilers that don't emit section
2068 attributes or you want to help the user writing assembler. */
2069 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2070 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2071 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2072 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2073 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2074 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynamic"), 0, SHT_DYNAMIC
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2075 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynstr"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2076 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynsym"), 0, SHT_DYNSYM
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2077 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2080 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f
[] =
2082 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2083 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini_array"), 0, SHT_FINI_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2084 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2087 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g
[] =
2089 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.b"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2090 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.lto_"), -1, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_EXCLUDE
},
2091 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".got"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2092 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version"), 0, SHT_GNU_versym
, 0 },
2093 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_d"), 0, SHT_GNU_verdef
, 0 },
2094 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_r"), 0, SHT_GNU_verneed
, 0 },
2095 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.liblist"), 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2096 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.conflict"), 0, SHT_RELA
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2097 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.hash"), 0, SHT_GNU_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2098 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2101 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h
[] =
2103 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".hash"), 0, SHT_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2104 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2107 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i
[] =
2109 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2110 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init_array"), 0, SHT_INIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2111 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".interp"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2112 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2115 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l
[] =
2117 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2118 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2121 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n
[] =
2123 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note.GNU-stack"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2124 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note"), -1, SHT_NOTE
, 0 },
2125 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2128 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p
[] =
2130 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".preinit_array"), 0, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2131 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2132 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2135 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r
[] =
2137 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2138 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2139 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rela"), -1, SHT_RELA
, 0 },
2140 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rel"), -1, SHT_REL
, 0 },
2141 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2144 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s
[] =
2146 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".shstrtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2147 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".strtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2148 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".symtab"), 0, SHT_SYMTAB
, 0 },
2149 /* See struct bfd_elf_special_section declaration for the semantics of
2150 this special case where .prefix_length != strlen (.prefix). */
2151 { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2152 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2155 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t
[] =
2157 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".text"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2158 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2159 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2160 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2163 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_z
[] =
2165 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2166 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2167 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2168 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2169 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2172 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
* const special_sections
[] =
2174 special_sections_b
, /* 'b' */
2175 special_sections_c
, /* 'c' */
2176 special_sections_d
, /* 'd' */
2178 special_sections_f
, /* 'f' */
2179 special_sections_g
, /* 'g' */
2180 special_sections_h
, /* 'h' */
2181 special_sections_i
, /* 'i' */
2184 special_sections_l
, /* 'l' */
2186 special_sections_n
, /* 'n' */
2188 special_sections_p
, /* 'p' */
2190 special_sections_r
, /* 'r' */
2191 special_sections_s
, /* 's' */
2192 special_sections_t
, /* 't' */
2198 special_sections_z
/* 'z' */
2201 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2202 _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name
,
2203 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
,
2209 len
= strlen (name
);
2211 for (i
= 0; spec
[i
].prefix
!= NULL
; i
++)
2214 int prefix_len
= spec
[i
].prefix_length
;
2216 if (len
< prefix_len
)
2218 if (memcmp (name
, spec
[i
].prefix
, prefix_len
) != 0)
2221 suffix_len
= spec
[i
].suffix_length
;
2222 if (suffix_len
<= 0)
2224 if (name
[prefix_len
] != 0)
2226 if (suffix_len
== 0)
2228 if (name
[prefix_len
] != '.'
2229 && (suffix_len
== -2
2230 || (rela
&& spec
[i
].type
== SHT_REL
)))
2236 if (len
< prefix_len
+ suffix_len
)
2238 if (memcmp (name
+ len
- suffix_len
,
2239 spec
[i
].prefix
+ prefix_len
,
2249 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2250 _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2253 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
;
2254 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2256 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
2257 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
2260 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2261 spec
= bed
->special_sections
;
2264 spec
= _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
,
2265 bed
->special_sections
,
2271 if (sec
->name
[0] != '.')
2274 i
= sec
->name
[1] - 'b';
2275 if (i
< 0 || i
> 'z' - 'b')
2278 spec
= special_sections
[i
];
2283 return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
, spec
, sec
->use_rela_p
);
2287 _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2289 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
2290 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2291 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*ssect
;
2293 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) sec
->used_by_bfd
;
2296 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
2300 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
2303 /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */
2304 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2305 sec
->use_rela_p
= bed
->default_use_rela_p
;
2307 /* When we read a file, we don't need to set ELF section type and
2308 flags. They will be overridden in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr
2309 anyway. We will set ELF section type and flags for all linker
2310 created sections. If user specifies BFD section flags, we will
2311 set ELF section type and flags based on BFD section flags in
2312 elf_fake_sections. Special handling for .init_array/.fini_array
2313 output sections since they may contain .ctors/.dtors input
2314 sections. We don't want _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data to
2315 copy ELF section type from .ctors/.dtors input sections. */
2316 if (abfd
->direction
!= read_direction
2317 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
2319 ssect
= (*bed
->get_sec_type_attr
) (abfd
, sec
);
2322 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0
2323 || ssect
->type
== SHT_INIT_ARRAY
2324 || ssect
->type
== SHT_FINI_ARRAY
))
2326 elf_section_type (sec
) = ssect
->type
;
2327 elf_section_flags (sec
) = ssect
->attr
;
2331 return _bfd_generic_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
2334 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
2336 Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
2337 of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
2338 program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we
2339 generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
2341 Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
2342 (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the
2343 system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
2344 but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
2345 file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
2346 of combined data+bss.
2348 To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
2349 for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by
2350 the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
2351 by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split
2352 into its initialized and uninitialized parts.
2357 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
,
2358 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
,
2360 const char *type_name
)
2368 split
= ((hdr
->p_memsz
> 0)
2369 && (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2370 && (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
));
2372 if (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2374 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", type_name
, hdr_index
, split
? "a" : "");
2375 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2376 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2379 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2380 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2381 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2383 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
;
2384 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
;
2385 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_filesz
;
2386 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
;
2387 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
2388 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (hdr
->p_align
);
2389 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2391 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
2392 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_LOAD
;
2393 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
2395 /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
2397 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
2400 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
2402 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
2406 if (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
)
2410 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", type_name
, hdr_index
, split
? "b" : "");
2411 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2412 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2415 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2416 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2417 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2419 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2420 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2421 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_memsz
- hdr
->p_filesz
;
2422 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2423 align
= newsect
->vma
& -newsect
->vma
;
2424 if (align
== 0 || align
> hdr
->p_align
)
2425 align
= hdr
->p_align
;
2426 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (align
);
2427 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2429 /* Hack for gdb. Segments that have not been modified do
2430 not have their contents written to a core file, on the
2431 assumption that a debugger can find the contents in the
2432 executable. We flag this case by setting the fake
2433 section size to zero. Note that "real" bss sections will
2434 always have their contents dumped to the core file. */
2435 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
2437 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
2438 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
2439 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
2441 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
2442 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
2449 bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
, int hdr_index
)
2451 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2453 switch (hdr
->p_type
)
2456 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "null");
2459 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "load");
2462 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "dynamic");
2465 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "interp");
2468 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "note"))
2470 if (! elf_read_notes (abfd
, hdr
->p_offset
, hdr
->p_filesz
))
2475 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "shlib");
2478 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "phdr");
2480 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
:
2481 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
,
2485 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "stack");
2488 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "relro");
2491 /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */
2492 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2493 return bed
->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "proc");
2497 /* Return the REL_HDR for SEC, assuming there is only a single one, either
2501 _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (asection
*sec
)
2503 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
)
2505 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (sec
)->rela
.hdr
== NULL
);
2506 return elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
;
2509 return elf_section_data (sec
)->rela
.hdr
;
2512 /* Allocate and initialize a section-header for a new reloc section,
2513 containing relocations against ASECT. It is stored in RELDATA. If
2514 USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA relocations; otherwise, we use REL
2518 _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
2519 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
,
2521 bfd_boolean use_rela_p
)
2523 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
2525 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2528 amt
= sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
);
2529 BFD_ASSERT (reldata
->hdr
== NULL
);
2530 rel_hdr
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
2531 reldata
->hdr
= rel_hdr
;
2533 amt
= sizeof ".rela" + strlen (asect
->name
);
2534 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
2537 sprintf (name
, "%s%s", use_rela_p
? ".rela" : ".rel", asect
->name
);
2539 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), name
,
2541 if (rel_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
2543 rel_hdr
->sh_type
= use_rela_p
? SHT_RELA
: SHT_REL
;
2544 rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
= (use_rela_p
2545 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
2546 : bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
);
2547 rel_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
2548 rel_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
2549 rel_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
2550 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
2551 rel_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
2556 /* Return the default section type based on the passed in section flags. */
2559 bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (flagword flags
)
2561 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
2562 && (flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
2564 return SHT_PROGBITS
;
2567 struct fake_section_arg
2569 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
;
2573 /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */
2576 elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*asect
, void *fsarg
)
2578 struct fake_section_arg
*arg
= (struct fake_section_arg
*)fsarg
;
2579 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2580 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esd
= elf_section_data (asect
);
2581 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
2582 unsigned int sh_type
;
2586 /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
2591 this_hdr
= &esd
->this_hdr
;
2593 this_hdr
->sh_name
= (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
2594 asect
->name
, FALSE
);
2595 if (this_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
2601 /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */
2603 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
2604 || asect
->user_set_vma
)
2605 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= asect
->vma
;
2607 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
2609 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
2610 this_hdr
->sh_size
= asect
->size
;
2611 this_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
2612 this_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << asect
->alignment_power
;
2613 /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
2614 copy_private_section_data. */
2616 this_hdr
->bfd_section
= asect
;
2617 this_hdr
->contents
= NULL
;
2619 /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on
2621 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
2622 sh_type
= SHT_GROUP
;
2624 sh_type
= bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (asect
->flags
);
2626 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NULL
)
2627 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
2628 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
2629 && sh_type
== SHT_PROGBITS
2630 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
2632 /* Warn if we are changing a NOBITS section to PROGBITS, but
2633 allow the link to proceed. This can happen when users link
2634 non-bss input sections to bss output sections, or emit data
2635 to a bss output section via a linker script. */
2636 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2637 (_("warning: section `%A' type changed to PROGBITS"), asect
);
2638 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
2641 switch (this_hdr
->sh_type
)
2647 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
:
2648 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
:
2649 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
:
2656 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
2660 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
2664 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
2668 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rela_p
)
2669 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
2673 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rel_p
)
2674 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
2677 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
2678 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
);
2681 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
2682 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
2683 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2684 cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
2686 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
2687 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
;
2689 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
== 0
2690 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
);
2693 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
2694 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
2695 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2696 cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
2698 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
2699 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
;
2701 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
== 0
2702 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
);
2706 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
;
2710 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64 ? 0 : 4;
2714 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
2715 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
2716 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
2717 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_WRITE
;
2718 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
2719 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXECINSTR
;
2720 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) != 0)
2722 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MERGE
;
2723 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= asect
->entsize
;
2724 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_STRINGS
) != 0)
2725 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_STRINGS
;
2727 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect
) != NULL
)
2728 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
2729 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
2731 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_TLS
;
2732 if (asect
->size
== 0
2733 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
2735 struct bfd_link_order
*o
= asect
->map_tail
.link_order
;
2737 this_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
2740 this_hdr
->sh_size
= o
->offset
+ o
->size
;
2741 if (this_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2742 this_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_NOBITS
;
2746 if ((asect
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_EXCLUDE
)) == SEC_EXCLUDE
)
2747 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXCLUDE
;
2749 /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
2750 SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for
2751 this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to
2752 create the other. */
2753 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
2755 /* When doing a relocatable link, create both REL and RELA sections if
2758 /* Do the normal setup if we wouldn't create any sections here. */
2759 && esd
->rel
.count
+ esd
->rela
.count
> 0
2760 && (arg
->link_info
->relocatable
|| arg
->link_info
->emitrelocations
))
2762 if (esd
->rel
.count
&& esd
->rel
.hdr
== NULL
2763 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
, &esd
->rel
, asect
, FALSE
))
2768 if (esd
->rela
.count
&& esd
->rela
.hdr
== NULL
2769 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
, &esd
->rela
, asect
, TRUE
))
2775 else if (!_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
,
2777 ? &esd
->rela
: &esd
->rel
),
2783 /* Check for processor-specific section types. */
2784 sh_type
= this_hdr
->sh_type
;
2785 if (bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
2786 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
) (abfd
, this_hdr
, asect
))
2789 if (sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
&& asect
->size
!= 0)
2791 /* Don't change the header type from NOBITS if we are being
2792 called for objcopy --only-keep-debug. */
2793 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
2797 /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. Called from
2798 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions for gas, objcopy, and
2799 when ELF targets use the generic linker, ld. Called for ld -r
2800 from bfd_elf_final_link. */
2803 bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, void *failedptrarg
)
2805 bfd_boolean
*failedptr
= (bfd_boolean
*) failedptrarg
;
2806 asection
*elt
, *first
;
2810 /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in
2812 if (((sec
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)) != SEC_GROUP
)
2816 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
== 0)
2818 unsigned long symindx
= 0;
2820 /* elf_group_id will have been set up by objcopy and the
2822 if (elf_group_id (sec
) != NULL
)
2823 symindx
= elf_group_id (sec
)->udata
.i
;
2827 /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up
2828 elf_section_syms. */
2829 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_syms (abfd
) != NULL
);
2830 symindx
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[sec
->index
]->udata
.i
;
2832 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= symindx
;
2834 else if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
== (unsigned int) -2)
2836 /* The ELF backend linker sets sh_info to -2 when the group
2837 signature symbol is global, and thus the index can't be
2838 set until all local symbols are output. */
2839 asection
*igroup
= elf_sec_group (elf_next_in_group (sec
));
2840 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sec_data
= elf_section_data (igroup
);
2841 unsigned long symndx
= sec_data
->this_hdr
.sh_info
;
2842 unsigned long extsymoff
= 0;
2843 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
2845 if (!elf_bad_symtab (igroup
->owner
))
2847 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2849 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (igroup
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
;
2850 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
2852 h
= elf_sym_hashes (igroup
->owner
)[symndx
- extsymoff
];
2853 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
2854 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2855 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2857 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= h
->indx
;
2860 /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */
2862 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
2865 sec
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sec
->size
);
2867 /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */
2868 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= sec
->contents
;
2869 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
2876 loc
= sec
->contents
+ sec
->size
;
2878 /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas
2879 squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the
2880 start of the input section group. */
2881 first
= elt
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
2883 /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section
2884 indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards
2885 just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section
2886 directives, not that it matters. */
2893 s
= s
->output_section
;
2895 && !bfd_is_abs_section (s
))
2897 unsigned int idx
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
2900 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, idx
, loc
);
2902 elt
= elf_next_in_group (elt
);
2907 if ((loc
-= 4) != sec
->contents
)
2910 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, sec
->flags
& SEC_LINK_ONCE
? GRP_COMDAT
: 0, loc
);
2913 /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
2914 too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
2915 in here too, while we're at it. */
2918 assign_section_numbers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
2920 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
2922 unsigned int section_number
, secn
;
2923 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
2924 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
;
2925 bfd_boolean need_symtab
;
2929 _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
2931 /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */
2932 if (link_info
== NULL
|| link_info
->relocatable
)
2934 /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */
2935 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
2937 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
2939 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
2941 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)
2943 /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */
2944 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, sec
);
2945 abfd
->section_count
--;
2948 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
2953 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
2955 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
2957 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_GROUP
)
2958 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
2959 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->this_hdr
.sh_name
);
2962 d
->rel
.idx
= section_number
++;
2963 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_name
);
2970 d
->rela
.idx
= section_number
++;
2971 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_name
);
2977 t
->shstrtab_section
= section_number
++;
2978 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
2979 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
= t
->shstrtab_section
;
2981 need_symtab
= (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0
2982 || (link_info
== NULL
2983 && ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
| HAS_RELOC
))
2987 t
->symtab_section
= section_number
++;
2988 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
2989 if (section_number
> ((SHN_LORESERVE
- 2) & 0xFFFF))
2991 t
->symtab_shndx_section
= section_number
++;
2992 t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
.sh_name
2993 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
2994 ".symtab_shndx", FALSE
);
2995 if (t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
2998 t
->strtab_section
= section_number
++;
2999 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3002 if (section_number
>= SHN_LORESERVE
)
3004 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: too many sections: %u"),
3005 abfd
, section_number
);
3009 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3010 t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3012 elf_numsections (abfd
) = section_number
;
3013 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shnum
= section_number
;
3015 /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
3017 i_shdrp
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, section_number
,
3018 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*));
3019 if (i_shdrp
== NULL
)
3022 i_shdrp
[0] = (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
3023 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
));
3024 if (i_shdrp
[0] == NULL
)
3026 bfd_release (abfd
, i_shdrp
);
3030 elf_elfsections (abfd
) = i_shdrp
;
3032 i_shdrp
[t
->shstrtab_section
] = &t
->shstrtab_hdr
;
3035 i_shdrp
[t
->symtab_section
] = &t
->symtab_hdr
;
3036 if (elf_numsections (abfd
) > (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xFFFF))
3038 i_shdrp
[t
->symtab_shndx_section
] = &t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
3039 t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
.sh_link
= t
->symtab_section
;
3041 i_shdrp
[t
->strtab_section
] = &t
->strtab_hdr
;
3042 t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_link
= t
->strtab_section
;
3045 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3050 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3052 i_shdrp
[d
->this_idx
] = &d
->this_hdr
;
3053 if (d
->rel
.idx
!= 0)
3054 i_shdrp
[d
->rel
.idx
] = d
->rel
.hdr
;
3055 if (d
->rela
.idx
!= 0)
3056 i_shdrp
[d
->rela
.idx
] = d
->rela
.hdr
;
3058 /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */
3060 /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
3061 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which
3062 the relocation entries apply. */
3063 if (d
->rel
.idx
!= 0)
3065 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_link
= t
->symtab_section
;
3066 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3068 if (d
->rela
.idx
!= 0)
3070 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_link
= t
->symtab_section
;
3071 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3074 /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
3075 if ((d
->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
3077 s
= elf_linked_to_section (sec
);
3080 /* elf_linked_to_section points to the input section. */
3081 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
3083 /* Check discarded linkonce section. */
3084 if (discarded_section (s
))
3087 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3088 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to discarded section `%A' of `%B'"),
3089 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
,
3091 /* Point to the kept section if it has the same
3092 size as the discarded one. */
3093 kept
= _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s
, link_info
);
3096 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3102 s
= s
->output_section
;
3103 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3107 /* Handle objcopy. */
3108 if (s
->output_section
== NULL
)
3110 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3111 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to removed section `%A' of `%B'"),
3112 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
, s
, s
->owner
);
3113 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3116 s
= s
->output_section
;
3118 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3123 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
3124 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
3125 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
3127 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
3128 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3129 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
3130 bed
->link_order_error_handler
3131 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
3136 switch (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
3140 /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
3141 section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol
3142 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to
3143 which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an
3144 allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table.
3145 FIXME: How can we be sure? */
3146 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3148 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3150 /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */
3152 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
)
3156 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
3158 d
->this_hdr
.sh_info
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3162 /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
3163 string section. We look for a section with the same name
3164 but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
3165 field to point to this section. */
3166 if (CONST_STRNEQ (sec
->name
, ".stab")
3167 && strcmp (sec
->name
+ strlen (sec
->name
) - 3, "str") == 0)
3172 len
= strlen (sec
->name
);
3173 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (len
- 2);
3176 memcpy (alc
, sec
->name
, len
- 3);
3177 alc
[len
- 3] = '\0';
3178 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, alc
);
3182 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
= d
->this_idx
;
3184 /* This is a .stab section. */
3185 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
== 0)
3186 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
3187 = 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 8;
3194 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
3195 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
3196 /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
3197 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3199 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
3201 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3204 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
:
3205 /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library
3206 list used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or
3207 the version strings. */
3208 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
)
3209 ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr");
3211 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3216 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
3217 /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
3218 this hash table or version table is for. */
3219 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3221 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3225 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= t
->symtab_section
;
3229 for (secn
= 1; secn
< section_number
; ++secn
)
3230 if (i_shdrp
[secn
] == NULL
)
3231 i_shdrp
[secn
] = i_shdrp
[0];
3233 i_shdrp
[secn
]->sh_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3234 i_shdrp
[secn
]->sh_name
);
3239 sym_is_global (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
3241 /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */
3242 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3243 if (bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
)
3244 return (*bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
) (abfd
, sym
);
3246 return ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
| BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)) != 0
3247 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym
))
3248 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym
)));
3251 /* Don't output section symbols for sections that are not going to be
3252 output, that are duplicates or there is no BFD section. */
3255 ignore_section_sym (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
3257 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
3259 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0)
3262 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (abfd
, sym
);
3263 return ((type_ptr
!= NULL
3264 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0
3265 && bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
))
3266 || !(sym
->section
->owner
== abfd
3267 || (sym
->section
->output_section
->owner
== abfd
3268 && sym
->section
->output_offset
== 0)
3269 || bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
)));
3272 /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
3273 all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
3276 elf_map_symbols (bfd
*abfd
)
3278 unsigned int symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
3279 asymbol
**syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
3280 asymbol
**sect_syms
;
3281 unsigned int num_locals
= 0;
3282 unsigned int num_globals
= 0;
3283 unsigned int num_locals2
= 0;
3284 unsigned int num_globals2
= 0;
3291 fprintf (stderr
, "elf_map_symbols\n");
3295 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
3297 if (max_index
< asect
->index
)
3298 max_index
= asect
->index
;
3302 sect_syms
= (asymbol
**) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, max_index
, sizeof (asymbol
*));
3303 if (sect_syms
== NULL
)
3305 elf_section_syms (abfd
) = sect_syms
;
3306 elf_num_section_syms (abfd
) = max_index
;
3308 /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already
3309 decided to output. */
3310 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
3312 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
3314 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0
3316 && !ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
)
3317 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
))
3319 asection
*sec
= sym
->section
;
3321 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
)
3322 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
3324 sect_syms
[sec
->index
] = syms
[idx
];
3328 /* Classify all of the symbols. */
3329 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
3331 if (sym_is_global (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
3333 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
3337 /* We will be adding a section symbol for each normal BFD section. Most
3338 sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but
3339 eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped
3340 at least in that case. */
3341 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
3343 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
3345 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, asect
->symbol
))
3352 /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */
3353 new_syms
= (asymbol
**) bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, num_locals
+ num_globals
,
3354 sizeof (asymbol
*));
3356 if (new_syms
== NULL
)
3359 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
3361 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
3364 if (sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
3365 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
3366 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
))
3371 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
3373 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
3375 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
3377 asymbol
*sym
= asect
->symbol
;
3380 sect_syms
[asect
->index
] = sym
;
3381 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
3384 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
3386 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
3390 bfd_set_symtab (abfd
, new_syms
, num_locals
+ num_globals
);
3392 elf_num_locals (abfd
) = num_locals
;
3393 elf_num_globals (abfd
) = num_globals
;
3397 /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
3398 ELF data structure. */
3400 static inline file_ptr
3401 align_file_position (file_ptr off
, int align
)
3403 return (off
+ align
- 1) & ~(align
- 1);
3406 /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
3407 required section alignment. */
3410 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*i_shdrp
,
3414 if (align
&& i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
> 1)
3415 offset
= BFD_ALIGN (offset
, i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
);
3416 i_shdrp
->sh_offset
= offset
;
3417 if (i_shdrp
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
3418 i_shdrp
->bfd_section
->filepos
= offset
;
3419 if (i_shdrp
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
3420 offset
+= i_shdrp
->sh_size
;
3424 /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
3425 otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO
3426 is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */
3429 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd
*abfd
,
3430 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
3432 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3433 struct fake_section_arg fsargs
;
3435 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*strtab
= NULL
;
3436 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shstrtab_hdr
;
3437 bfd_boolean need_symtab
;
3439 if (abfd
->output_has_begun
)
3442 /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */
3443 if (bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
)
3444 (*bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
) (abfd
, link_info
);
3446 if (! prep_headers (abfd
))
3449 /* Post process the headers if necessary. */
3450 if (bed
->elf_backend_post_process_headers
)
3451 (*bed
->elf_backend_post_process_headers
) (abfd
, link_info
);
3453 fsargs
.failed
= FALSE
;
3454 fsargs
.link_info
= link_info
;
3455 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, elf_fake_sections
, &fsargs
);
3459 if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd
, link_info
))
3462 /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */
3463 need_symtab
= (link_info
== NULL
3464 && (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0
3465 || ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
| HAS_RELOC
))
3469 /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */
3470 int relocatable_p
= ! (abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
));
3472 if (! swap_out_syms (abfd
, &strtab
, relocatable_p
))
3477 if (link_info
== NULL
)
3479 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bfd_elf_set_group_contents
, &failed
);
3484 shstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
3485 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
3486 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
3487 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
3488 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
3489 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3490 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
3491 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
3492 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
3493 /* sh_offset is set in assign_file_positions_except_relocs. */
3494 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
3496 if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd
, link_info
))
3502 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
3504 off
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
;
3506 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3507 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
3509 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
3510 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
3511 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
3513 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
3514 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
3516 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= off
;
3518 /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
3520 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
3521 || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd
, strtab
))
3523 _bfd_stringtab_free (strtab
);
3526 abfd
->output_has_begun
= TRUE
;
3531 /* Make an initial estimate of the size of the program header. If we
3532 get the number wrong here, we'll redo section placement. */
3534 static bfd_size_type
3535 get_program_header_size (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3539 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3541 /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
3542 and one for data. */
3545 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
3546 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
3548 /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
3549 PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a
3550 PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
3555 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
)
3557 /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
3561 if (info
!= NULL
&& info
->relro
)
3563 /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
3567 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->eh_frame_hdr
)
3569 /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */
3573 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->stack_flags
)
3575 /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */
3579 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3581 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
3582 && CONST_STRNEQ (s
->name
, ".note"))
3584 /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */
3586 /* Try to create just one PT_NOTE segment
3587 for all adjacent loadable .note* sections.
3588 gABI requires that within a PT_NOTE segment
3589 (and also inside of each SHT_NOTE section)
3590 each note is padded to a multiple of 4 size,
3591 so we check whether the sections are correctly
3593 if (s
->alignment_power
== 2)
3594 while (s
->next
!= NULL
3595 && s
->next
->alignment_power
== 2
3596 && (s
->next
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
3597 && CONST_STRNEQ (s
->next
->name
, ".note"))
3602 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3604 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
3606 /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */
3612 /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */
3613 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3614 if (bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
)
3618 a
= (*bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
) (abfd
, info
);
3624 return segs
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
3627 /* Find the segment that contains the output_section of section. */
3630 _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (bfd
* abfd
, asection
* section
)
3632 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3633 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
3635 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
,
3636 p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
3642 for (i
= m
->count
- 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
3643 if (m
->sections
[i
] == section
)
3650 /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */
3652 static struct elf_segment_map
*
3653 make_mapping (bfd
*abfd
,
3654 asection
**sections
,
3659 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3664 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3665 amt
+= (to
- from
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
3666 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3670 m
->p_type
= PT_LOAD
;
3671 for (i
= from
, hdrpp
= sections
+ from
; i
< to
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
3672 m
->sections
[i
- from
] = *hdrpp
;
3673 m
->count
= to
- from
;
3675 if (from
== 0 && phdr
)
3677 /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */
3678 m
->includes_filehdr
= 1;
3679 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
3685 /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL
3688 struct elf_segment_map
*
3689 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*dynsec
)
3691 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3693 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
3694 sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
));
3698 m
->p_type
= PT_DYNAMIC
;
3700 m
->sections
[0] = dynsec
;
3705 /* Possibly add or remove segments from the segment map. */
3708 elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
3709 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3710 bfd_boolean remove_empty_load
)
3712 struct elf_segment_map
**m
;
3713 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3715 /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are
3716 not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such
3717 sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded
3718 sections. Finally, any PT_LOAD segment without sections is
3720 m
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
3723 unsigned int i
, new_count
;
3725 for (new_count
= 0, i
= 0; i
< (*m
)->count
; i
++)
3727 if (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
3728 && (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3729 || (*m
)->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
))
3731 (*m
)->sections
[new_count
] = (*m
)->sections
[i
];
3735 (*m
)->count
= new_count
;
3737 if (remove_empty_load
&& (*m
)->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& (*m
)->count
== 0)
3743 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3744 if (bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
!= NULL
)
3746 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
) (abfd
, info
))
3753 /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */
3756 _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3759 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3760 asection
**sections
= NULL
;
3761 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3762 bfd_boolean no_user_phdrs
;
3764 no_user_phdrs
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
== NULL
;
3767 info
->user_phdrs
= !no_user_phdrs
;
3769 if (no_user_phdrs
&& bfd_count_sections (abfd
) != 0)
3773 struct elf_segment_map
*mfirst
;
3774 struct elf_segment_map
**pm
;
3777 unsigned int phdr_index
;
3778 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
3780 bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment
= TRUE
;
3781 bfd_boolean writable
;
3783 asection
*first_tls
= NULL
;
3784 asection
*dynsec
, *eh_frame_hdr
;
3786 bfd_vma addr_mask
, wrap_to
= 0;
3788 /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */
3790 sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc2 (bfd_count_sections (abfd
),
3791 sizeof (asection
*));
3792 if (sections
== NULL
)
3795 /* Calculate top address, avoiding undefined behaviour of shift
3796 left operator when shift count is equal to size of type
3798 addr_mask
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd
) - 1)) - 1;
3799 addr_mask
= (addr_mask
<< 1) + 1;
3802 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3804 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3808 /* A wrapping section potentially clashes with header. */
3809 if (((s
->lma
+ s
->size
) & addr_mask
) < (s
->lma
& addr_mask
))
3810 wrap_to
= (s
->lma
+ s
->size
) & addr_mask
;
3813 BFD_ASSERT (i
<= bfd_count_sections (abfd
));
3816 qsort (sections
, (size_t) count
, sizeof (asection
*), elf_sort_sections
);
3818 /* Build the mapping. */
3823 /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
3824 the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
3826 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
3827 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
3829 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3830 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3834 m
->p_type
= PT_PHDR
;
3835 /* FIXME: UnixWare and Solaris set PF_X, Irix 5 does not. */
3836 m
->p_flags
= PF_R
| PF_X
;
3837 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
3838 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
3843 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3844 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3848 m
->p_type
= PT_INTERP
;
3856 /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program
3857 segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
3858 a few bytes of the end of the first section. */
3862 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
3864 dynsec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
3866 && (dynsec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
3869 /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
3870 is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an
3871 approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
3872 program headers we will need. */
3875 bfd_size_type phdr_size
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
;
3877 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
3878 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
3879 phdr_size
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
3880 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0
3881 || (sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) < phdr_size
3882 || ((sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) % maxpagesize
3883 < phdr_size
% maxpagesize
)
3884 || (sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
) < wrap_to
)
3885 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
3888 for (i
= 0, hdrpp
= sections
; i
< count
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
3891 bfd_boolean new_segment
;
3895 /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
3898 if (last_hdr
== NULL
)
3900 /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
3901 one (we build the last one after this loop). */
3902 new_segment
= FALSE
;
3904 else if (last_hdr
->lma
- last_hdr
->vma
!= hdr
->lma
- hdr
->vma
)
3906 /* If this section has a different relation between the
3907 virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
3911 else if (hdr
->lma
< last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
3912 || last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
< last_hdr
->lma
)
3914 /* If this section has a load address that makes it overlap
3915 the previous section, then we need a new segment. */
3918 /* In the next test we have to be careful when last_hdr->lma is close
3919 to the end of the address space. If the aligned address wraps
3920 around to the start of the address space, then there are no more
3921 pages left in memory and it is OK to assume that the current
3922 section can be included in the current segment. */
3923 else if ((BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
) + maxpagesize
3925 && (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
) + maxpagesize
3928 /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
3929 skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */
3932 else if ((last_hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) == 0
3933 && (hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) != 0)
3935 /* We don't want to put a loadable section after a
3936 nonloadable section in the same segment.
3937 Consider .tbss sections as loadable for this purpose. */
3940 else if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0)
3942 /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
3943 don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
3944 file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */
3945 new_segment
= FALSE
;
3948 && (hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0
3949 && (((last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
- 1) & -maxpagesize
)
3950 != (hdr
->lma
& -maxpagesize
)))
3952 /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
3953 segment, unless they are on the same page in memory
3954 anyhow. We already know that the last section does not
3955 bring us past the current section on the page, so the
3956 only case in which the new section is not on the same
3957 page as the previous section is when the previous section
3958 ends precisely on a page boundary. */
3963 /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */
3964 new_segment
= FALSE
;
3967 /* Allow interested parties a chance to override our decision. */
3968 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
3970 && info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment
!= NULL
)
3972 = info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment (info
, abfd
, hdr
,
3978 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
3981 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
3982 if ((hdr
->flags
& (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_LOAD
))
3983 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
3984 last_size
= hdr
->size
;
3990 /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program
3991 header holding all the sections from phdr_index until hdr. */
3993 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, phdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
4000 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4006 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4007 if ((hdr
->flags
& (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_LOAD
)) != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4008 last_size
= hdr
->size
;
4012 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4015 /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment, but not if it's just
4017 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
4018 && (i
- phdr_index
!= 1
4019 || ((last_hdr
->flags
& (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_LOAD
))
4020 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)))
4022 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, phdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
4030 /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4033 m
= _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd
, dynsec
);
4040 /* For each batch of consecutive loadable .note sections,
4041 add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't use bfd_get_section_by_name,
4042 because if we link together nonloadable .note sections and
4043 loadable .note sections, we will generate two .note sections
4044 in the output file. FIXME: Using names for section types is
4046 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4048 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4049 && CONST_STRNEQ (s
->name
, ".note"))
4054 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4055 if (s
->alignment_power
== 2)
4056 for (s2
= s
; s2
->next
!= NULL
; s2
= s2
->next
)
4058 if (s2
->next
->alignment_power
== 2
4059 && (s2
->next
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4060 && CONST_STRNEQ (s2
->next
->name
, ".note")
4061 && align_power (s2
->lma
+ s2
->size
, 2)
4067 amt
+= (count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
4068 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4072 m
->p_type
= PT_NOTE
;
4076 m
->sections
[m
->count
- count
--] = s
;
4077 BFD_ASSERT ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0);
4080 m
->sections
[m
->count
- 1] = s
;
4081 BFD_ASSERT ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0);
4085 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4093 /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */
4096 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4097 amt
+= (tls_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
4098 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4103 m
->count
= tls_count
;
4104 /* Mandated PF_R. */
4106 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4107 for (i
= 0; i
< (unsigned int) tls_count
; ++i
)
4109 BFD_ASSERT (first_tls
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
);
4110 m
->sections
[i
] = first_tls
;
4111 first_tls
= first_tls
->next
;
4118 /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
4120 eh_frame_hdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->eh_frame_hdr
;
4121 if (eh_frame_hdr
!= NULL
4122 && (eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
4124 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4125 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4129 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
;
4131 m
->sections
[0] = eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
;
4137 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->stack_flags
)
4139 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4140 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4144 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_STACK
;
4145 m
->p_flags
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->stack_flags
;
4146 m
->p_align
= bed
->stack_align
;
4147 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4148 m
->p_align_valid
= m
->p_align
!= 0;
4149 if (info
->stacksize
> 0)
4151 m
->p_size
= info
->stacksize
;
4152 m
->p_size_valid
= 1;
4159 if (info
!= NULL
&& info
->relro
)
4161 for (m
= mfirst
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
4163 if (m
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4165 && m
->sections
[0]->vma
>= info
->relro_start
4166 && m
->sections
[0]->vma
< info
->relro_end
)
4169 while (--i
!= (unsigned) -1)
4170 if ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
))
4171 == (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
))
4174 if (i
== (unsigned) -1)
4177 if (m
->sections
[i
]->vma
+ m
->sections
[i
]->size
4183 /* Make a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when it isn't empty. */
4186 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4187 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4191 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_RELRO
;
4193 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4201 elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
= mfirst
;
4204 if (!elf_modify_segment_map (abfd
, info
, no_user_phdrs
))
4207 for (count
= 0, m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
4209 elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
= count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4214 if (sections
!= NULL
)
4219 /* Sort sections by address. */
4222 elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
4224 const asection
*sec1
= *(const asection
**) arg1
;
4225 const asection
*sec2
= *(const asection
**) arg2
;
4226 bfd_size_type size1
, size2
;
4228 /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to
4229 place the section into a segment. */
4230 if (sec1
->lma
< sec2
->lma
)
4232 else if (sec1
->lma
> sec2
->lma
)
4235 /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be
4236 the same, and this will do nothing. */
4237 if (sec1
->vma
< sec2
->vma
)
4239 else if (sec1
->vma
> sec2
->vma
)
4242 /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */
4244 #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0)
4250 /* If the indicies are the same, do not return 0
4251 here, but continue to try the next comparison. */
4252 if (sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
!= 0)
4253 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
4258 else if (TOEND (sec2
))
4263 /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections
4264 before others at the same address. */
4266 size1
= (sec1
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec1
->size
: 0;
4267 size2
= (sec2
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec2
->size
: 0;
4274 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
4277 /* Ian Lance Taylor writes:
4279 We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just
4280 not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not
4281 negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types
4282 are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a
4283 larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long,
4286 What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by
4287 the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo
4289 /* In other words, something like:
4291 vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize;
4292 off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize;
4293 if (vma_offset < off_offset)
4294 adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset;
4296 adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset;
4298 which can can be collapsed into the expression below. */
4301 vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma
, ufile_ptr off
, bfd_vma maxpagesize
)
4303 return ((vma
- off
) % maxpagesize
);
4307 print_segment_map (const struct elf_segment_map
*m
)
4310 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (m
->p_type
);
4315 if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOPROC
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIPROC
)
4316 sprintf (buf
, "LOPROC+%7.7x",
4317 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOPROC
));
4318 else if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOOS
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIOS
)
4319 sprintf (buf
, "LOOS+%7.7x",
4320 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOOS
));
4322 snprintf (buf
, sizeof (buf
), "%8.8x",
4323 (unsigned int) m
->p_type
);
4327 fprintf (stderr
, "%s:", pt
);
4328 for (j
= 0; j
< m
->count
; j
++)
4329 fprintf (stderr
, " %s", m
->sections
[j
]->name
);
4335 write_zeros (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr pos
, bfd_size_type len
)
4340 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
4342 buf
= bfd_zmalloc (len
);
4345 ret
= bfd_bwrite (buf
, len
, abfd
) == len
;
4350 /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
4351 sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in
4355 assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
4356 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4358 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4359 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4360 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
4361 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
4363 bfd_size_type maxpagesize
;
4366 bfd_vma header_pad
= 0;
4368 if (link_info
== NULL
4369 && !_bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (abfd
, link_info
))
4373 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
4377 header_pad
= m
->header_size
;
4382 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4383 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4387 /* PR binutils/12467. */
4388 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= 0;
4389 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= 0;
4392 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
= alloc
;
4394 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
4395 elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4397 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
4398 >= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
);
4402 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4406 /* We're writing the size in elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size,
4407 see assign_file_positions_except_relocs, so make sure we have
4408 that amount allocated, with trailing space cleared.
4409 The variable alloc contains the computed need, while elf_tdata
4410 (abfd)->program_header_size contains the size used for the
4412 See ld/emultempl/elf-generic.em:gld${EMULATION_NAME}_map_segments
4413 where the layout is forced to according to a larger size in the
4414 last iterations for the testcase ld-elf/header. */
4415 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
4417 phdrs
= (Elf_Internal_Phdr
*)
4419 (elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
),
4420 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
4421 elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
= phdrs
;
4426 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
4427 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
4429 off
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4430 off
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4431 if (header_pad
< (bfd_vma
) off
)
4437 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
, p
= phdrs
, j
= 0;
4439 m
= m
->next
, p
++, j
++)
4443 bfd_boolean no_contents
;
4445 /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
4446 sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should
4447 not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may
4448 contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd.
4449 Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */
4451 && !(elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_type
== ET_CORE
4452 && m
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
))
4453 qsort (m
->sections
, (size_t) m
->count
, sizeof (asection
*),
4456 /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a
4457 number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz
4458 and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents
4459 that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next
4460 available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. */
4461 p
->p_type
= m
->p_type
;
4462 p
->p_flags
= m
->p_flags
;
4467 p
->p_vaddr
= m
->sections
[0]->vma
- m
->p_vaddr_offset
;
4469 if (m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4470 p
->p_paddr
= m
->p_paddr
;
4471 else if (m
->count
== 0)
4474 p
->p_paddr
= m
->sections
[0]->lma
- m
->p_vaddr_offset
;
4476 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4477 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
4479 /* p_align in demand paged PT_LOAD segments effectively stores
4480 the maximum page size. When copying an executable with
4481 objcopy, we set m->p_align from the input file. Use this
4482 value for maxpagesize rather than bed->maxpagesize, which
4483 may be different. Note that we use maxpagesize for PT_TLS
4484 segment alignment later in this function, so we are relying
4485 on at least one PT_LOAD segment appearing before a PT_TLS
4487 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
4488 maxpagesize
= m
->p_align
;
4490 p
->p_align
= maxpagesize
;
4492 else if (m
->p_align_valid
)
4493 p
->p_align
= m
->p_align
;
4494 else if (m
->count
== 0)
4495 p
->p_align
= 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
4499 no_contents
= FALSE
;
4501 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4504 bfd_size_type align
;
4505 unsigned int align_power
= 0;
4507 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
4511 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
4513 unsigned int secalign
;
4515 secalign
= bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd
, *secpp
);
4516 if (secalign
> align_power
)
4517 align_power
= secalign
;
4519 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << align_power
;
4520 if (align
< maxpagesize
)
4521 align
= maxpagesize
;
4524 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
4525 if ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
4526 /* If we aren't making room for this section, then
4527 it must be SHT_NOBITS regardless of what we've
4528 set via struct bfd_elf_special_section. */
4529 elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) = SHT_NOBITS
;
4531 /* Find out whether this segment contains any loadable
4534 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
4535 if (elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) != SHT_NOBITS
)
4537 no_contents
= FALSE
;
4541 off_adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (p
->p_vaddr
, off
, align
);
4545 /* We shouldn't need to align the segment on disk since
4546 the segment doesn't need file space, but the gABI
4547 arguably requires the alignment and glibc ld.so
4548 checks it. So to comply with the alignment
4549 requirement but not waste file space, we adjust
4550 p_offset for just this segment. (OFF_ADJUST is
4551 subtracted from OFF later.) This may put p_offset
4552 past the end of file, but that shouldn't matter. */
4557 /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the
4558 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4559 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
4561 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") != 0)
4564 (_("%B: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment is not the .dynamic section"),
4566 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4569 /* Set the note section type to SHT_NOTE. */
4570 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
)
4571 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
4572 elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) = SHT_NOTE
;
4578 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
4580 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
4582 p
->p_filesz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4583 p
->p_memsz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4586 if (p
->p_vaddr
< (bfd_vma
) off
)
4588 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4589 (_("%B: Not enough room for program headers, try linking with -N"),
4591 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4596 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4601 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
4603 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
4606 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
)
4608 p
->p_offset
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4612 p
->p_vaddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
4613 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4614 p
->p_paddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
4618 p
->p_filesz
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4619 p
->p_memsz
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4622 p
->p_filesz
+= header_pad
;
4623 p
->p_memsz
+= header_pad
;
4627 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4628 || (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
))
4630 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
&& !m
->includes_phdrs
)
4636 adjust
= off
- (p
->p_offset
+ p
->p_filesz
);
4638 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
4639 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
4643 /* Set up p_filesz, p_memsz, p_align and p_flags from the section
4644 maps. Set filepos for sections in PT_LOAD segments, and in
4645 core files, for sections in PT_NOTE segments.
4646 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections will set filepos
4647 for other sections and update p_filesz for other segments. */
4648 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
4651 bfd_size_type align
;
4652 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
4655 this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
;
4656 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd
, sec
);
4658 if ((p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4659 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
4660 && (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
4661 || ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
4662 && ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0
4663 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
))))
4665 bfd_vma p_start
= p
->p_paddr
;
4666 bfd_vma p_end
= p_start
+ p
->p_memsz
;
4667 bfd_vma s_start
= sec
->lma
;
4668 bfd_vma adjust
= s_start
- p_end
;
4672 || p_end
< p_start
))
4674 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4675 (_("%B: section %A lma %#lx adjusted to %#lx"), abfd
, sec
,
4676 (unsigned long) s_start
, (unsigned long) p_end
);
4680 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
4682 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
4684 if (p
->p_filesz
+ adjust
< p
->p_memsz
)
4686 /* We have a PROGBITS section following NOBITS ones.
4687 Allocate file space for the NOBITS section(s) and
4689 adjust
= p
->p_memsz
- p
->p_filesz
;
4690 if (!write_zeros (abfd
, off
, adjust
))
4694 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
4698 if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
4700 /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains
4704 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
;
4705 off
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4706 p
->p_filesz
= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4712 /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */
4721 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
4723 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
;
4724 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
4725 off
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4727 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
4728 && (this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0
4729 && this_hdr
->sh_offset
== 0)
4731 /* This is a .tbss section that didn't get a PT_LOAD.
4732 (See _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments "Create a
4733 final PT_LOAD".) Set sh_offset to the value it
4734 would have if we had created a zero p_filesz and
4735 p_memsz PT_LOAD header for the section. This
4736 also makes the PT_TLS header have the same
4738 bfd_vma adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (this_hdr
->sh_addr
,
4740 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
+ adjust
;
4743 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
4745 p
->p_filesz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4746 /* A load section without SHF_ALLOC is something like
4747 a note section in a PT_NOTE segment. These take
4748 file space but are not loaded into memory. */
4749 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
4750 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4752 else if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
4754 if (p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
4755 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4757 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
4759 else if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0)
4760 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4763 if (align
> p
->p_align
4764 && !m
->p_align_valid
4765 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
4766 || (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0))
4770 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
4773 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
4775 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) != 0)
4781 /* Check that all sections are in a PT_LOAD segment.
4782 Don't check funky gdb generated core files. */
4783 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
4785 bfd_boolean check_vma
= TRUE
;
4787 for (i
= 1; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
4788 if (m
->sections
[i
]->vma
== m
->sections
[i
- 1]->vma
4789 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m
->sections
[i
])
4790 ->this_hdr
), p
) != 0
4791 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m
->sections
[i
- 1])
4792 ->this_hdr
), p
) != 0)
4794 /* Looks like we have overlays packed into the segment. */
4799 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
4801 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
4804 sec
= m
->sections
[i
];
4805 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(sec
)->this_hdr
);
4806 if (!ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_1 (this_hdr
, p
, check_vma
, 0)
4807 && !ELF_TBSS_SPECIAL (this_hdr
, p
))
4809 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4810 (_("%B: section `%A' can't be allocated in segment %d"),
4812 print_segment_map (m
);
4818 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= off
;
4822 /* Assign file positions for the other sections. */
4825 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
4826 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4828 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4829 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrpp
;
4830 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
4831 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
4832 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
4833 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4834 struct elf_segment_map
*hdrs_segment
;
4835 bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr
, filehdr_paddr
;
4836 bfd_vma phdrs_vaddr
, phdrs_paddr
;
4838 unsigned int num_sec
;
4842 i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
4843 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
4844 off
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
;
4845 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4847 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
4848 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4851 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
4852 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
!= 0
4853 || (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
4854 && hdr
->contents
== NULL
)))
4855 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->sh_offset
== hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
);
4856 else if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
4858 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
4859 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4860 (_("%B: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"),
4862 (hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
4864 : hdr
->bfd_section
->name
));
4865 /* We don't need to page align empty sections. */
4866 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0 && hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
4867 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
4870 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
4872 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
,
4875 else if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
4876 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
4877 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[tdata
->symtab_section
]
4878 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[tdata
->symtab_shndx_section
]
4879 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[tdata
->strtab_section
])
4880 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
4882 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4885 /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
4886 the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */
4890 phdrs_vaddr
= bed
->maxpagesize
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4892 hdrs_segment
= NULL
;
4893 phdrs
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
4894 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
, p
= phdrs
;
4899 if (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
4902 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
4904 filehdr_vaddr
= p
->p_vaddr
;
4905 filehdr_paddr
= p
->p_paddr
;
4907 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
4909 phdrs_vaddr
= p
->p_vaddr
;
4910 phdrs_paddr
= p
->p_paddr
;
4911 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
4914 phdrs_vaddr
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4915 phdrs_paddr
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4920 if (hdrs_segment
!= NULL
&& link_info
!= NULL
)
4922 /* There is a segment that contains both the file headers and the
4923 program headers, so provide a symbol __ehdr_start pointing there.
4924 A program can use this to examine itself robustly. */
4926 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hash
4927 = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (link_info
), "__ehdr_start",
4928 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
4929 /* If the symbol was referenced and not defined, define it. */
4931 && (hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
4932 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
4933 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
4934 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
))
4937 if (hdrs_segment
->count
!= 0)
4938 /* The segment contains sections, so use the first one. */
4939 s
= hdrs_segment
->sections
[0];
4941 /* Use the first (i.e. lowest-addressed) section in any segment. */
4942 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
4951 hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
= filehdr_vaddr
- s
->vma
;
4952 hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
4956 hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
= filehdr_vaddr
;
4957 hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
4960 hash
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
4961 hash
->def_regular
= 1;
4966 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
, p
= phdrs
;
4970 if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
4972 const Elf_Internal_Phdr
*lp
;
4973 struct elf_segment_map
*lm
;
4975 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
4977 /* During linking the range of the RELRO segment is passed
4979 for (lm
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
, lp
= phdrs
;
4981 lm
= lm
->next
, lp
++)
4983 if (lp
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4984 && lp
->p_vaddr
< link_info
->relro_end
4985 && lp
->p_vaddr
+ lp
->p_filesz
>= link_info
->relro_end
4987 && lm
->sections
[0]->vma
>= link_info
->relro_start
)
4991 /* PR ld/14207. If the RELRO segment doesn't fit in the
4992 LOAD segment, it should be removed. */
4993 BFD_ASSERT (lm
!= NULL
);
4997 /* Otherwise we are copying an executable or shared
4998 library, but we need to use the same linker logic. */
4999 for (lp
= phdrs
; lp
< phdrs
+ count
; ++lp
)
5001 if (lp
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5002 && lp
->p_paddr
== p
->p_paddr
)
5007 if (lp
< phdrs
+ count
)
5009 p
->p_vaddr
= lp
->p_vaddr
;
5010 p
->p_paddr
= lp
->p_paddr
;
5011 p
->p_offset
= lp
->p_offset
;
5012 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
5013 p
->p_filesz
= link_info
->relro_end
- lp
->p_vaddr
;
5014 else if (m
->p_size_valid
)
5015 p
->p_filesz
= m
->p_size
;
5018 p
->p_memsz
= p
->p_filesz
;
5019 /* Preserve the alignment and flags if they are valid. The
5020 gold linker generates RW/4 for the PT_GNU_RELRO section.
5021 It is better for objcopy/strip to honor these attributes
5022 otherwise gdb will choke when using separate debug files.
5024 if (!m
->p_align_valid
)
5026 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5027 p
->p_flags
= (lp
->p_flags
& ~PF_W
);
5031 memset (p
, 0, sizeof *p
);
5032 p
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
5035 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_STACK
)
5037 if (m
->p_size_valid
)
5038 p
->p_memsz
= m
->p_size
;
5040 else if (m
->count
!= 0)
5042 if (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
5043 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_NOTE
5044 || bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
))
5046 BFD_ASSERT (!m
->includes_filehdr
&& !m
->includes_phdrs
);
5049 p
->p_offset
= m
->sections
[0]->filepos
;
5050 for (i
= m
->count
; i
-- != 0;)
5052 asection
*sect
= m
->sections
[i
];
5053 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_section_data (sect
)->this_hdr
;
5054 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5056 p
->p_filesz
= (sect
->filepos
- m
->sections
[0]->filepos
5063 else if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
5065 p
->p_vaddr
= filehdr_vaddr
;
5066 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5067 p
->p_paddr
= filehdr_paddr
;
5069 else if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
5071 p
->p_vaddr
= phdrs_vaddr
;
5072 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5073 p
->p_paddr
= phdrs_paddr
;
5077 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= off
;
5082 /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by
5083 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and
5084 VMAs must be known before this is called.
5086 Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as
5087 "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and
5088 those that bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are
5089 stored in a normal bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't
5090 consider the former sort here, unless they form part of the loadable
5091 image. Reloc sections not assigned here will be handled later by
5092 assign_file_positions_for_relocs.
5094 We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */
5097 assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
5098 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
5100 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
5101 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
5103 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5105 if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) == 0
5106 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
5108 Elf_Internal_Shdr
** const i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
5109 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
5110 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
5113 /* Start after the ELF header. */
5114 off
= i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
;
5116 /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
5117 not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
5118 the sections in the file is unimportant. */
5119 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
5121 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
5124 if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
5125 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
5126 || i
== tdata
->symtab_section
5127 || i
== tdata
->symtab_shndx_section
5128 || i
== tdata
->strtab_section
)
5130 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
5133 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
5140 /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
5141 assignment of sections to segments. */
5142 if (!assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
5145 /* And for non-load sections. */
5146 if (!assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
5149 if (bed
->elf_backend_modify_program_headers
!= NULL
)
5151 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_program_headers
) (abfd
, link_info
))
5155 /* Write out the program headers. */
5156 alloc
= tdata
->program_header_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5157 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, (bfd_signed_vma
) bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
5158 || bed
->s
->write_out_phdrs (abfd
, tdata
->phdr
, alloc
) != 0)
5161 off
= tdata
->next_file_pos
;
5164 /* Place the section headers. */
5165 off
= align_file_position (off
, 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
);
5166 i_ehdrp
->e_shoff
= off
;
5167 off
+= i_ehdrp
->e_shnum
* i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
;
5169 tdata
->next_file_pos
= off
;
5175 prep_headers (bfd
*abfd
)
5177 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* Elf file header, internal form. */
5178 struct elf_strtab_hash
*shstrtab
;
5179 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5181 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
5183 shstrtab
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
5184 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
5187 elf_shstrtab (abfd
) = shstrtab
;
5189 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG0
] = ELFMAG0
;
5190 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG1
] = ELFMAG1
;
5191 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG2
] = ELFMAG2
;
5192 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG3
] = ELFMAG3
;
5194 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] = bed
->s
->elfclass
;
5195 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_DATA
] =
5196 bfd_big_endian (abfd
) ? ELFDATA2MSB
: ELFDATA2LSB
;
5197 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_VERSION
] = bed
->s
->ev_current
;
5199 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
5200 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_DYN
;
5201 else if ((abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
) != 0)
5202 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_EXEC
;
5203 else if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
5204 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_CORE
;
5206 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_REL
;
5208 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
5210 case bfd_arch_unknown
:
5211 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= EM_NONE
;
5214 /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting
5215 e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE
5216 in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication,
5217 the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling
5218 can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(),
5219 unless they need the information earlier than the final write.
5220 Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for
5221 e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */
5223 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= bed
->elf_machine_code
;
5226 i_ehdrp
->e_version
= bed
->s
->ev_current
;
5227 i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5229 /* No program header, for now. */
5230 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
5231 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
5232 i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
= 0;
5234 /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */
5235 i_ehdrp
->e_entry
= bfd_get_start_address (abfd
);
5236 i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_shdr
;
5238 /* If we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table. */
5239 if (abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
)
5240 /* It all happens later. */
5244 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
5245 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
5248 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
5249 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".symtab", FALSE
);
5250 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
5251 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".strtab", FALSE
);
5252 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
5253 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".shstrtab", FALSE
);
5254 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
5255 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
5256 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
5262 /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
5263 of the loadable file image. */
5266 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (bfd
*abfd
)
5269 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
5270 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**shdrpp
;
5272 off
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
;
5274 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
5275 for (i
= 1, shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) + 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, shdrpp
++)
5277 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdrp
;
5280 if ((shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
5281 && shdrp
->sh_offset
== -1)
5282 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp
, off
, TRUE
);
5285 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= off
;
5289 _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
5291 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5292 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
5294 unsigned int count
, num_sec
;
5295 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
;
5297 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
5298 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
5301 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
5304 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bed
->s
->write_relocs
, &failed
);
5308 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd
);
5310 /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
5311 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
5312 for (count
= 1; count
< num_sec
; count
++)
5314 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
)
5315 (*bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
) (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]);
5316 if (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
)
5318 bfd_size_type amt
= i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_size
;
5320 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
5321 || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
)
5326 /* Write out the section header names. */
5327 t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
5328 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
5329 && (bfd_seek (abfd
, t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
5330 || !_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, elf_shstrtab (abfd
))))
5333 if (bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
)
5334 (*bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
) (abfd
, t
->linker
);
5336 if (!bed
->s
->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd
))
5339 /* This is last since write_shdrs_and_ehdr can touch i_shdrp[0]. */
5340 if (t
->build_id
!= NULL
5341 && t
->build_id
->u
.o
.zero
== 0)
5342 return (*t
->build_id
->u
.o
.after_write_object_contents
) (abfd
);
5348 _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
5350 /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */
5351 return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd
);
5354 /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */
5357 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_section
*asect
)
5359 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5360 unsigned int sec_index
;
5362 if (elf_section_data (asect
) != NULL
5363 && elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
!= 0)
5364 return elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
;
5366 if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect
))
5367 sec_index
= SHN_ABS
;
5368 else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect
))
5369 sec_index
= SHN_COMMON
;
5370 else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect
))
5371 sec_index
= SHN_UNDEF
;
5373 sec_index
= SHN_BAD
;
5375 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5376 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
)
5378 int retval
= sec_index
;
5380 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
) (abfd
, asect
, &retval
))
5384 if (sec_index
== SHN_BAD
)
5385 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
5390 /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
5394 _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**asym_ptr_ptr
)
5396 asymbol
*asym_ptr
= *asym_ptr_ptr
;
5398 flagword flags
= asym_ptr
->flags
;
5400 /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
5401 own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
5402 symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
5403 relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
5404 input sections rather than the output section. */
5405 if (asym_ptr
->udata
.i
== 0
5406 && (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
5407 && asym_ptr
->section
)
5412 sec
= asym_ptr
->section
;
5413 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
&& sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
5414 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
5415 if (sec
->owner
== abfd
5416 && (indx
= sec
->index
) < elf_num_section_syms (abfd
)
5417 && elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
] != NULL
)
5418 asym_ptr
->udata
.i
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
]->udata
.i
;
5421 idx
= asym_ptr
->udata
.i
;
5425 /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
5426 which is used in a relocation entry. */
5427 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5428 (_("%B: symbol `%s' required but not present"),
5429 abfd
, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr
));
5430 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols
);
5437 "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8lx\n",
5438 (long) asym_ptr
, asym_ptr
->name
, idx
, (long) flags
);
5446 /* Rewrite program header information. */
5449 rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
5451 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
5452 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
5453 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
5454 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
5455 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
5458 unsigned int num_segments
;
5459 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
5460 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid
;
5461 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
5462 struct elf_segment_map
*phdr_adjust_seg
= NULL
;
5463 unsigned int phdr_adjust_num
= 0;
5464 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5466 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
5467 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
5470 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
5472 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
5473 maxpagesize
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->maxpagesize
;
5475 /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */
5476 #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \
5477 (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \
5478 ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz))
5480 #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \
5481 (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5482 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \
5483 ? section->size : 0)
5485 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5486 the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */
5487 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment) \
5488 (section->vma >= segment->p_vaddr \
5489 && (section->vma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5490 <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))))
5492 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5493 the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */
5494 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base) \
5495 (section->lma >= base \
5496 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5497 <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)))
5499 /* Handle PT_NOTE segment. */
5500 #define IS_NOTE(p, s) \
5501 (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \
5502 && elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE \
5503 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5504 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5505 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5507 /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo
5509 #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \
5511 && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \
5515 /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris
5516 linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and
5517 p_memsz set to 0. */
5518 #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \
5520 && p->p_paddr == 0 \
5521 && p->p_memsz == 0 \
5522 && p->p_filesz > 0 \
5523 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \
5525 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5526 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5527 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5529 /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment.
5530 A section will be included if:
5531 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA
5532 if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise,
5533 2. It is an allocated section or a NOTE section in a PT_NOTE
5535 3. There is an output section associated with it,
5536 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment.
5537 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections.
5538 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections.
5539 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments.
5540 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning
5541 (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */
5542 #define IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
5543 ((((segment->p_paddr \
5544 ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr) \
5545 : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment)) \
5546 && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \
5547 || IS_NOTE (segment, section)) \
5548 && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \
5549 && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \
5550 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5551 && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \
5552 || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \
5553 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \
5554 && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \
5555 || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \
5556 || (segment->p_paddr \
5557 ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma \
5558 : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma) \
5559 || (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (ibfd, section), ".dynamic") \
5561 && !section->segment_mark)
5563 /* If the output section of a section in the input segment is NULL,
5564 it is removed from the corresponding output segment. */
5565 #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
5566 (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed) \
5567 && section->output_section != NULL)
5569 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */
5570 #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \
5571 (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field))
5573 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both
5574 their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap.
5575 It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA
5576 ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped
5577 to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different
5579 #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \
5580 ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \
5581 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \
5582 && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \
5583 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr)))
5585 /* Initialise the segment mark field. */
5586 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
5587 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
5589 /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the
5590 p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a
5591 file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it
5592 don't set the p_paddr_valid fields. */
5593 p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
5594 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5597 if (segment
->p_paddr
!= 0)
5599 p_paddr_valid
= TRUE
;
5603 /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header
5604 of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps
5605 in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird
5606 parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */
5607 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5612 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment2
;
5614 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
)
5615 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
; section
= section
->next
)
5616 if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment
, section
))
5618 /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment
5619 assignment code will work. */
5620 segment
->p_vaddr
= section
->vma
;
5624 if (segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5626 /* Remove PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
5627 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
5628 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
5632 /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */
5633 for (j
= 0, segment2
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
; j
< i
; j
++, segment2
++)
5635 bfd_signed_vma extra_length
;
5637 if (segment2
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
5638 || !SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment
, segment2
))
5641 /* Merge the two segments together. */
5642 if (segment2
->p_vaddr
< segment
->p_vaddr
)
5644 /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete
5646 extra_length
= (SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
)
5647 - SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
));
5649 if (extra_length
> 0)
5651 segment2
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
5652 segment2
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
5655 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
5657 /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */
5659 segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5664 /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete
5666 extra_length
= (SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
)
5667 - SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
));
5669 if (extra_length
> 0)
5671 segment
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
5672 segment
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
5675 segment2
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
5680 /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */
5681 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5685 unsigned int section_count
;
5686 asection
**sections
;
5687 asection
*output_section
;
5689 bfd_vma matching_lma
;
5690 bfd_vma suggested_lma
;
5693 asection
*first_section
;
5694 bfd_boolean first_matching_lma
;
5695 bfd_boolean first_suggested_lma
;
5697 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
5700 first_section
= NULL
;
5701 /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */
5702 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
5704 section
= section
->next
)
5706 /* Find the first section in the input segment, which may be
5707 removed from the corresponding output segment. */
5708 if (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
))
5710 if (first_section
== NULL
)
5711 first_section
= section
;
5712 if (section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
5717 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
5718 all of the sections we have selected. */
5719 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5720 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
5721 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
5725 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to
5726 using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */
5728 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
5729 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
5730 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5732 /* If the first section in the input segment is removed, there is
5733 no need to preserve segment physical address in the corresponding
5735 if (!first_section
|| first_section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
5737 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
5738 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
5741 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
5742 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
5743 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
5744 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
5745 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
5747 if (!phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5749 map
->includes_phdrs
=
5750 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
5751 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
5752 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
5753 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
5755 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
5756 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
5759 if (section_count
== 0)
5761 /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain
5762 no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain
5763 something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only
5764 a warning is produced. */
5765 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5766 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%B: warning: Empty loadable segment"
5767 " detected, is this intentional ?\n"),
5771 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
5772 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
5777 /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt
5778 to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map.
5779 The problem here is how to handle an output section which has
5780 been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities:
5782 1. None of the sections have been moved.
5783 In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the
5786 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount.
5787 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5788 of the first section.
5790 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not.
5791 In this case those sections which have not been moved can be
5792 placed in the current segment which will have to have its size,
5793 and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will
5794 have to be created to contain the other sections.
5796 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount.
5797 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5798 of the first section and we will have to create a new segment
5799 or segments to contain the other sections.
5801 In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section
5802 pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned
5803 to a segment, they are removed from this array. */
5805 sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc2 (section_count
, sizeof (asection
*));
5806 if (sections
== NULL
)
5809 /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts.
5810 Also add the sections to the section array allocated above.
5811 Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common
5812 case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that
5813 we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing
5818 first_matching_lma
= TRUE
;
5819 first_suggested_lma
= TRUE
;
5821 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
;
5823 section
= section
->next
)
5824 if (section
== first_section
)
5827 for (j
= 0; section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
5829 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
))
5831 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
5833 sections
[j
++] = section
;
5835 /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0.
5836 We try to catch that case here, and set it to the
5837 correct value. Note - some backends require that
5838 p_paddr be left as zero. */
5840 && segment
->p_vaddr
!= 0
5841 && !bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
5843 && output_section
->lma
!= 0
5844 && output_section
->vma
== (segment
->p_vaddr
5845 + (map
->includes_filehdr
5848 + (map
->includes_phdrs
5850 * iehdr
->e_phentsize
)
5852 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
5854 /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the
5855 LMA address of the output section. */
5856 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
)
5857 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
)
5858 || (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
5859 && IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section
, segment
)))
5861 if (first_matching_lma
|| output_section
->lma
< matching_lma
)
5863 matching_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
5864 first_matching_lma
= FALSE
;
5867 /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment
5868 then it does not overlap any other section within that
5870 map
->sections
[isec
++] = output_section
;
5872 else if (first_suggested_lma
)
5874 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
5875 first_suggested_lma
= FALSE
;
5878 if (j
== section_count
)
5883 BFD_ASSERT (j
== section_count
);
5885 /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment,
5887 if (isec
== section_count
)
5889 /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently
5890 specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to
5891 the list of built segments and carry on to process the next
5892 program header in the input BFD. */
5893 map
->count
= section_count
;
5894 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
5895 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
5898 && !bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
5899 && matching_lma
!= map
->p_paddr
5900 && !map
->includes_filehdr
5901 && !map
->includes_phdrs
)
5902 /* There is some padding before the first section in the
5903 segment. So, we must account for that in the output
5905 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= matching_lma
- map
->p_paddr
;
5912 if (!first_matching_lma
)
5914 /* At least one section fits inside the current segment.
5915 Keep it, but modify its physical address to match the
5916 LMA of the first section that fitted. */
5917 map
->p_paddr
= matching_lma
;
5921 /* None of the sections fitted inside the current segment.
5922 Change the current segment's physical address to match
5923 the LMA of the first section. */
5924 map
->p_paddr
= suggested_lma
;
5927 /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma
5928 to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */
5929 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
5931 if (map
->p_paddr
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
)
5932 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
5935 map
->includes_filehdr
= FALSE
;
5936 map
->includes_phdrs
= FALSE
;
5940 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
5942 if (map
->p_paddr
>= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)
5944 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
5946 /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number
5947 of program headers that we will need. Make a note
5948 here of the number we used and the segment we chose
5949 to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the
5950 offset when we know the correct value. */
5951 phdr_adjust_num
= iehdr
->e_phnum
;
5952 phdr_adjust_seg
= map
;
5955 map
->includes_phdrs
= FALSE
;
5959 /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning
5960 those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the
5961 sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all
5962 possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is
5963 added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain
5964 to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating
5971 first_suggested_lma
= TRUE
;
5973 /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */
5974 for (j
= 0; j
< section_count
; j
++)
5976 section
= sections
[j
];
5978 if (section
== NULL
)
5981 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
5983 BFD_ASSERT (output_section
!= NULL
);
5985 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
)
5986 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
))
5988 if (map
->count
== 0)
5990 /* If the first section in a segment does not start at
5991 the beginning of the segment, then something is
5993 if (output_section
->lma
5995 + (map
->includes_filehdr
? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0)
5996 + (map
->includes_phdrs
5997 ? iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
6005 prev_sec
= map
->sections
[map
->count
- 1];
6007 /* If the gap between the end of the previous section
6008 and the start of this section is more than
6009 maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */
6010 if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
,
6012 < BFD_ALIGN (output_section
->lma
, maxpagesize
))
6013 || (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
6014 > output_section
->lma
))
6016 if (first_suggested_lma
)
6018 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
6019 first_suggested_lma
= FALSE
;
6026 map
->sections
[map
->count
++] = output_section
;
6029 section
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
6031 else if (first_suggested_lma
)
6033 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
6034 first_suggested_lma
= FALSE
;
6038 BFD_ASSERT (map
->count
> 0);
6040 /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */
6041 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
6042 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
6044 if (isec
< section_count
)
6046 /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to
6047 segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it
6048 and carry on looping. */
6049 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
6050 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
6051 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
6058 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical
6059 physical address to the LMA of the first section that has
6060 not yet been assigned. */
6062 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
6063 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
6064 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
6065 map
->p_paddr
= suggested_lma
;
6066 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
6067 map
->includes_filehdr
= 0;
6068 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
6071 while (isec
< section_count
);
6076 elf_tdata (obfd
)->segment_map
= map_first
;
6078 /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were
6079 going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust
6080 the offset if necessary. */
6081 if (phdr_adjust_seg
!= NULL
)
6085 for (count
= 0, map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
6088 if (count
> phdr_adjust_num
)
6089 phdr_adjust_seg
->p_paddr
6090 -= (count
- phdr_adjust_num
) * iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
6095 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA
6096 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA
6098 #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE
6099 #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
6100 #undef IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT
6101 #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT
6102 #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT
6103 #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS
6107 /* Copy ELF program header information. */
6110 copy_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
6112 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
6113 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
6114 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
6115 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
6116 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
6118 unsigned int num_segments
;
6119 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
6120 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid
;
6122 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
6125 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
6127 /* If all the segment p_paddr fields are zero, don't set
6128 map->p_paddr_valid. */
6129 p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
6130 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
6131 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6134 if (segment
->p_paddr
!= 0)
6136 p_paddr_valid
= TRUE
;
6140 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6145 unsigned int section_count
;
6147 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
6148 asection
*first_section
= NULL
;
6149 asection
*lowest_section
;
6151 /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */
6152 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
6154 section
= section
->next
)
6156 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
6157 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
6159 if (first_section
== NULL
)
6160 first_section
= section
;
6165 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
6166 all of the sections we have selected. */
6167 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
6168 if (section_count
!= 0)
6169 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
6170 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
6174 /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the
6177 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
6178 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
6179 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
6180 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
6181 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
6182 map
->p_align
= segment
->p_align
;
6183 map
->p_align_valid
= 1;
6184 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= 0;
6186 if (map
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
6187 || map
->p_type
== PT_GNU_STACK
)
6189 /* The PT_GNU_RELRO segment may contain the first a few
6190 bytes in the .got.plt section even if the whole .got.plt
6191 section isn't in the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. We won't
6192 change the size of the PT_GNU_RELRO segment.
6193 Similarly, PT_GNU_STACK size is significant on uclinux
6195 map
->p_size
= segment
->p_memsz
;
6196 map
->p_size_valid
= 1;
6199 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
6200 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
6201 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
6202 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
6204 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
6205 if (! phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
6207 map
->includes_phdrs
=
6208 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
6209 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
6210 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
6211 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
6213 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
6214 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
6217 lowest_section
= first_section
;
6218 if (section_count
!= 0)
6220 unsigned int isec
= 0;
6222 for (section
= first_section
;
6224 section
= section
->next
)
6226 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
6227 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
6229 map
->sections
[isec
++] = section
->output_section
;
6230 if (section
->lma
< lowest_section
->lma
)
6231 lowest_section
= section
;
6232 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
6236 /* Section lmas are set up from PT_LOAD header
6237 p_paddr in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr.
6238 If this header has a p_paddr that disagrees
6239 with the section lma, flag the p_paddr as
6241 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
6242 seg_off
= this_hdr
->sh_offset
- segment
->p_offset
;
6244 seg_off
= this_hdr
->sh_addr
- segment
->p_vaddr
;
6245 if (section
->lma
- segment
->p_paddr
!= seg_off
)
6246 map
->p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
6248 if (isec
== section_count
)
6254 if (map
->includes_filehdr
&& lowest_section
!= NULL
)
6255 /* We need to keep the space used by the headers fixed. */
6256 map
->header_size
= lowest_section
->vma
- segment
->p_vaddr
;
6258 if (!map
->includes_phdrs
6259 && !map
->includes_filehdr
6260 && map
->p_paddr_valid
)
6261 /* There is some other padding before the first section. */
6262 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= ((lowest_section
? lowest_section
->lma
: 0)
6263 - segment
->p_paddr
);
6265 map
->count
= section_count
;
6266 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
6267 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
6270 elf_tdata (obfd
)->segment_map
= map_first
;
6274 /* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header
6278 copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
6280 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6281 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6284 if (elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
== NULL
)
6287 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
6289 /* Check to see if any sections in the input BFD
6290 covered by ELF program header have changed. */
6291 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
6292 asection
*section
, *osec
;
6293 unsigned int i
, num_segments
;
6294 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
6295 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6297 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
6299 /* Regenerate the segment map if p_paddr is set to 0. */
6300 if (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
)
6303 /* Initialize the segment mark field. */
6304 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
6305 section
= section
->next
)
6306 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
6308 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
6309 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6313 /* PR binutils/3535. The Solaris linker always sets the p_paddr
6314 and p_memsz fields of special segments (DYNAMIC, INTERP) to 0
6315 which severly confuses things, so always regenerate the segment
6316 map in this case. */
6317 if (segment
->p_paddr
== 0
6318 && segment
->p_memsz
== 0
6319 && (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
|| segment
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
))
6322 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
;
6323 section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
6325 /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes
6326 from the input BFD. */
6327 osec
= section
->output_section
;
6329 osec
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
6331 /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */
6332 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
6333 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
6335 /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or
6336 removed. What else do we need to check? */
6338 || section
->flags
!= osec
->flags
6339 || section
->lma
!= osec
->lma
6340 || section
->vma
!= osec
->vma
6341 || section
->size
!= osec
->size
6342 || section
->rawsize
!= osec
->rawsize
6343 || section
->alignment_power
!= osec
->alignment_power
)
6349 /* Check to see if any output section do not come from the
6351 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
6352 section
= section
->next
)
6354 if (section
->segment_mark
== FALSE
)
6357 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
6360 return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
6364 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
6366 /* When rewriting program header, set the output maxpagesize to
6367 the maximum alignment of input PT_LOAD segments. */
6368 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
6370 unsigned int num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
6371 bfd_vma maxpagesize
= 0;
6373 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6376 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
6377 && maxpagesize
< segment
->p_align
)
6378 maxpagesize
= segment
->p_align
;
6380 if (maxpagesize
!= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->maxpagesize
)
6381 bfd_emul_set_maxpagesize (bfd_get_target (obfd
), maxpagesize
);
6384 return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
6387 /* Initialize private output section information from input section. */
6390 _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
6394 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
6397 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
6398 bfd_boolean final_link
= link_info
!= NULL
&& !link_info
->relocatable
;
6400 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
6401 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6404 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (osec
) != NULL
);
6406 /* For objcopy and relocatable link, don't copy the output ELF
6407 section type from input if the output BFD section flags have been
6408 set to something different. For a final link allow some flags
6409 that the linker clears to differ. */
6410 if (elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_NULL
6411 && (osec
->flags
== isec
->flags
6413 && ((osec
->flags
^ isec
->flags
)
6414 & ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES
| SEC_RELOC
)) == 0)))
6415 elf_section_type (osec
) = elf_section_type (isec
);
6417 /* FIXME: Is this correct for all OS/PROC specific flags? */
6418 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= (elf_section_flags (isec
)
6419 & (SHF_MASKOS
| SHF_MASKPROC
));
6421 /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output
6422 SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back
6423 to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section.
6424 See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */
6427 if (elf_sec_group (isec
) == NULL
6428 || (elf_sec_group (isec
)->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
6430 if (elf_section_flags (isec
) & SHF_GROUP
)
6431 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= SHF_GROUP
;
6432 elf_next_in_group (osec
) = elf_next_in_group (isec
);
6433 elf_section_data (osec
)->group
= elf_section_data (isec
)->group
;
6437 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
6439 /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We
6440 don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it
6441 may be NULL at this point. */
6442 if ((ihdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
6444 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
6445 ohdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_LINK_ORDER
;
6446 elf_linked_to_section (osec
) = elf_linked_to_section (isec
);
6449 osec
->use_rela_p
= isec
->use_rela_p
;
6454 /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize
6455 field, and sometimes the info field. */
6458 _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
6463 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
6465 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
6466 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6469 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
6470 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
6472 ohdr
->sh_entsize
= ihdr
->sh_entsize
;
6474 if (ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
6475 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
6476 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verneed
6477 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verdef
)
6478 ohdr
->sh_info
= ihdr
->sh_info
;
6480 return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd
, isec
, obfd
, osec
,
6484 /* Look at all the SHT_GROUP sections in IBFD, making any adjustments
6485 necessary if we are removing either the SHT_GROUP section or any of
6486 the group member sections. DISCARDED is the value that a section's
6487 output_section has if the section will be discarded, NULL when this
6488 function is called from objcopy, bfd_abs_section_ptr when called
6492 _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (bfd
*ibfd
, asection
*discarded
)
6496 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
6497 if (elf_section_type (isec
) == SHT_GROUP
)
6499 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (isec
);
6500 asection
*s
= first
;
6501 bfd_size_type removed
= 0;
6505 /* If this member section is being output but the
6506 SHT_GROUP section is not, then clear the group info
6507 set up by _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data. */
6508 if (s
->output_section
!= discarded
6509 && isec
->output_section
== discarded
)
6511 elf_section_flags (s
->output_section
) &= ~SHF_GROUP
;
6512 elf_group_name (s
->output_section
) = NULL
;
6514 /* Conversely, if the member section is not being output
6515 but the SHT_GROUP section is, then adjust its size. */
6516 else if (s
->output_section
== discarded
6517 && isec
->output_section
!= discarded
)
6519 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
6525 if (discarded
!= NULL
)
6527 /* If we've been called for ld -r, then we need to
6528 adjust the input section size. This function may
6529 be called multiple times, so save the original
6531 if (isec
->rawsize
== 0)
6532 isec
->rawsize
= isec
->size
;
6533 isec
->size
= isec
->rawsize
- removed
;
6537 /* Adjust the output section size when called from
6539 isec
->output_section
->size
-= removed
;
6547 /* Copy private header information. */
6550 _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
6552 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6553 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6556 /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied.
6557 This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data
6558 entry point, because the latter is called after the section
6559 contents have been set, which means that the program headers have
6560 already been worked out. */
6561 if (elf_tdata (obfd
)->segment_map
== NULL
&& elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
!= NULL
)
6563 if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd
, obfd
))
6567 return _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (ibfd
, NULL
);
6570 /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section
6571 which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
6572 index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped
6573 section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
6574 swap_out_syms function. */
6576 #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1)
6577 #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2)
6578 #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3)
6579 #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4)
6580 #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5)
6583 _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
6588 elf_symbol_type
*isym
, *osym
;
6590 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6591 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6594 isym
= elf_symbol_from (ibfd
, isymarg
);
6595 osym
= elf_symbol_from (obfd
, osymarg
);
6598 && isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0
6600 && bfd_is_abs_section (isym
->symbol
.section
))
6604 shndx
= isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
6605 if (shndx
== elf_onesymtab (ibfd
))
6606 shndx
= MAP_ONESYMTAB
;
6607 else if (shndx
== elf_dynsymtab (ibfd
))
6608 shndx
= MAP_DYNSYMTAB
;
6609 else if (shndx
== elf_tdata (ibfd
)->strtab_section
)
6611 else if (shndx
== elf_tdata (ibfd
)->shstrtab_section
)
6612 shndx
= MAP_SHSTRTAB
;
6613 else if (shndx
== elf_tdata (ibfd
)->symtab_shndx_section
)
6614 shndx
= MAP_SYM_SHNDX
;
6615 osym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
6621 /* Swap out the symbols. */
6624 swap_out_syms (bfd
*abfd
,
6625 struct bfd_strtab_hash
**sttp
,
6628 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6631 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*stt
;
6632 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
6633 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_shndx_hdr
;
6634 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symstrtab_hdr
;
6635 bfd_byte
*outbound_syms
;
6636 bfd_byte
*outbound_shndx
;
6639 bfd_boolean name_local_sections
;
6641 if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd
))
6644 /* Dump out the symtabs. */
6645 stt
= _bfd_elf_stringtab_init ();
6649 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6650 symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
6651 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
6652 symtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB
;
6653 symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6654 symtab_hdr
->sh_size
= symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
* (symcount
+ 1);
6655 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_num_locals (abfd
) + 1;
6656 symtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
6658 symstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
6659 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
6661 outbound_syms
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, 1 + symcount
,
6662 bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
6663 if (outbound_syms
== NULL
)
6665 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6668 symtab_hdr
->contents
= outbound_syms
;
6670 outbound_shndx
= NULL
;
6671 symtab_shndx_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
6672 if (symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_name
!= 0)
6674 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (1 + symcount
) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6675 outbound_shndx
= (bfd_byte
*)
6676 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, 1 + symcount
, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
));
6677 if (outbound_shndx
== NULL
)
6679 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6683 symtab_shndx_hdr
->contents
= outbound_shndx
;
6684 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
;
6685 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_size
= amt
;
6686 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_addralign
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6687 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6690 /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */
6692 /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
6693 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
6699 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
6700 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
6701 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, outbound_syms
, outbound_shndx
);
6702 outbound_syms
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6703 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
6704 outbound_shndx
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6708 = (bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols
6709 && bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd
));
6711 syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
6712 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
6714 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
6715 bfd_vma value
= syms
[idx
]->value
;
6716 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
6717 flagword flags
= syms
[idx
]->flags
;
6720 if (!name_local_sections
6721 && (flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_GLOBAL
)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
6723 /* Local section symbols have no name. */
6728 sym
.st_name
= (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (stt
,
6731 if (sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
6733 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6738 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (abfd
, syms
[idx
]);
6740 if ((flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
6741 && bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
6743 /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
6744 and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
6745 how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
6746 sym
.st_size
= value
;
6747 if (type_ptr
== NULL
6748 || type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
== 0)
6749 sym
.st_value
= value
>= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value
));
6751 sym
.st_value
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
6752 sym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
6753 (abfd
, syms
[idx
]->section
);
6757 asection
*sec
= syms
[idx
]->section
;
6760 if (sec
->output_section
)
6762 value
+= sec
->output_offset
;
6763 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
6766 /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */
6767 if (! relocatable_p
)
6769 sym
.st_value
= value
;
6770 sym
.st_size
= type_ptr
? type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
: 0;
6772 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
)
6774 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0)
6776 /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
6777 not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done
6778 by copy_private_symbol_data. */
6779 shndx
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
6783 shndx
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
6786 shndx
= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
);
6789 shndx
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_section
;
6792 shndx
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_section
;
6795 shndx
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_section
;
6804 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
);
6806 if (shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
6810 /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
6811 we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
6812 knew what to expect of the library, and what to
6813 demand of applications. For example, it
6814 appears that `objcopy' might not set the
6815 section of a symbol to be a section that is
6816 actually in the output file. */
6817 sec2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec
->name
);
6820 _bfd_error_handler (_("\
6821 Unable to find equivalent output section for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"),
6822 syms
[idx
]->name
? syms
[idx
]->name
: "<Local sym>",
6824 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
6825 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6829 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec2
);
6830 BFD_ASSERT (shndx
!= SHN_BAD
);
6834 sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
6837 if ((flags
& BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
6839 else if ((flags
& BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION
) != 0)
6840 type
= STT_GNU_IFUNC
;
6841 else if ((flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) != 0)
6843 else if ((flags
& BSF_OBJECT
) != 0)
6845 else if ((flags
& BSF_RELC
) != 0)
6847 else if ((flags
& BSF_SRELC
) != 0)
6852 if (syms
[idx
]->section
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
6855 /* Processor-specific types. */
6856 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
6857 && bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
6858 type
= ((*bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
6859 (&type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
, type
));
6861 if (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
6863 if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
6864 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6866 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6868 else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
6870 #ifdef USE_STT_COMMON
6871 if (type
== STT_OBJECT
)
6872 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_COMMON
);
6875 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, type
);
6877 else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
6878 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (((flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
6882 else if (flags
& BSF_FILE
)
6883 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
6886 int bind
= STB_LOCAL
;
6888 if (flags
& BSF_LOCAL
)
6890 else if (flags
& BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)
6891 bind
= STB_GNU_UNIQUE
;
6892 else if (flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
6894 else if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
6897 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (bind
, type
);
6900 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
)
6902 sym
.st_other
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
6903 sym
.st_target_internal
6904 = type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_target_internal
;
6909 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
6912 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, outbound_syms
, outbound_shndx
);
6913 outbound_syms
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6914 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
6915 outbound_shndx
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6919 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_stringtab_size (stt
);
6920 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
6922 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
6923 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
6924 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
6925 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
6926 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
6927 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
6932 /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
6934 Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
6935 the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
6936 always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
6939 _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
6943 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
6945 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6946 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
6948 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
6954 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
6958 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
6960 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
6962 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
6966 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6967 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
6969 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
6975 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6978 return (asect
->reloc_count
+ 1) * sizeof (arelent
*);
6981 /* Canonicalize the relocs. */
6984 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
6991 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6993 if (! bed
->s
->slurp_reloc_table (abfd
, section
, symbols
, FALSE
))
6996 tblptr
= section
->relocation
;
6997 for (i
= 0; i
< section
->reloc_count
; i
++)
6998 *relptr
++ = tblptr
++;
7002 return section
->reloc_count
;
7006 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**allocation
)
7008 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7009 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, FALSE
);
7012 bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) = symcount
;
7017 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
7018 asymbol
**allocation
)
7020 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7021 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, TRUE
);
7024 bfd_get_dynamic_symcount (abfd
) = symcount
;
7028 /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable
7029 section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL
7030 or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a
7031 dynamic reloc section. */
7034 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
7039 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
7041 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
7045 ret
= sizeof (arelent
*);
7046 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
7047 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
7048 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
7049 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
7050 ret
+= ((s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
)
7051 * sizeof (arelent
*));
7056 /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the
7057 dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually
7058 associated with particular sections; the interface, which was
7059 designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only
7060 one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually
7061 installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the
7062 dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */
7065 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
7069 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
7073 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
7075 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
7079 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
7081 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
7083 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
7084 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
7085 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
7090 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, s
, syms
, TRUE
))
7092 count
= s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
7094 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
7105 /* Read in the version information. */
7108 _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver
)
7110 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
7111 unsigned int freeidx
= 0;
7113 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
7115 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
7116 Elf_External_Verneed
*everneed
;
7117 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*iverneed
;
7119 bfd_byte
*contents_end
;
7121 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
;
7123 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= (Elf_Internal_Verneed
*)
7124 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed
));
7125 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
)
7128 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= hdr
->sh_info
;
7130 contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
7131 if (contents
== NULL
)
7133 error_return_verref
:
7134 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= NULL
;
7135 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= 0;
7138 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
7139 || bfd_bread (contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != hdr
->sh_size
)
7140 goto error_return_verref
;
7142 if (hdr
->sh_info
&& hdr
->sh_size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
))
7143 goto error_return_verref
;
7145 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
)
7146 == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
));
7147 contents_end
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
- sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
7148 everneed
= (Elf_External_Verneed
*) contents
;
7149 iverneed
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
7150 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++, iverneed
++)
7152 Elf_External_Vernaux
*evernaux
;
7153 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*ivernaux
;
7156 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd
, everneed
, iverneed
);
7158 iverneed
->vn_bfd
= abfd
;
7160 iverneed
->vn_filename
=
7161 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
7163 if (iverneed
->vn_filename
== NULL
)
7164 goto error_return_verref
;
7166 if (iverneed
->vn_cnt
== 0)
7167 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= NULL
;
7170 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_vernaux
*)
7171 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, iverneed
->vn_cnt
,
7172 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux
));
7173 if (iverneed
->vn_auxptr
== NULL
)
7174 goto error_return_verref
;
7177 if (iverneed
->vn_aux
7178 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
7179 goto error_return_verref
;
7181 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
7182 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_aux
));
7183 ivernaux
= iverneed
->vn_auxptr
;
7184 for (j
= 0; j
< iverneed
->vn_cnt
; j
++, ivernaux
++)
7186 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd
, evernaux
, ivernaux
);
7188 ivernaux
->vna_nodename
=
7189 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
7190 ivernaux
->vna_name
);
7191 if (ivernaux
->vna_nodename
== NULL
)
7192 goto error_return_verref
;
7194 if (j
+ 1 < iverneed
->vn_cnt
)
7195 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= ivernaux
+ 1;
7197 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= NULL
;
7199 if (ivernaux
->vna_next
7200 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) evernaux
))
7201 goto error_return_verref
;
7203 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
7204 ((bfd_byte
*) evernaux
+ ivernaux
->vna_next
));
7206 if (ivernaux
->vna_other
> freeidx
)
7207 freeidx
= ivernaux
->vna_other
;
7210 if (i
+ 1 < hdr
->sh_info
)
7211 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= iverneed
+ 1;
7213 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= NULL
;
7215 if (iverneed
->vn_next
7216 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
7217 goto error_return_verref
;
7219 everneed
= ((Elf_External_Verneed
*)
7220 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_next
));
7227 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
7229 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
7230 Elf_External_Verdef
*everdef
;
7231 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
7232 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdefarr
;
7233 Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem
;
7235 unsigned int maxidx
;
7236 bfd_byte
*contents_end_def
, *contents_end_aux
;
7238 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
;
7240 contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
7241 if (contents
== NULL
)
7243 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
7244 || bfd_bread (contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != hdr
->sh_size
)
7247 if (hdr
->sh_info
&& hdr
->sh_size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
))
7250 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
7251 >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
7252 contents_end_def
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
7253 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
7254 contents_end_aux
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
7255 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
7257 /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum
7258 index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find
7260 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
7262 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; ++i
)
7264 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
7266 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
)) > maxidx
)
7267 maxidx
= iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
);
7269 if (iverdefmem
.vd_next
7270 > (size_t) (contents_end_def
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
7273 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
7274 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdefmem
.vd_next
));
7277 if (default_imported_symver
)
7279 if (freeidx
> maxidx
)
7284 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= (Elf_Internal_Verdef
*)
7285 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, maxidx
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
7286 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
7289 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= maxidx
;
7291 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
7292 iverdefarr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
;
7293 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++)
7295 Elf_External_Verdaux
*everdaux
;
7296 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
7299 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
7301 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) == 0)
7303 error_return_verdef
:
7304 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= NULL
;
7305 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= 0;
7309 iverdef
= &iverdefarr
[(iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) - 1];
7310 memcpy (iverdef
, &iverdefmem
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
7312 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
7314 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
== 0)
7315 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= NULL
;
7318 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_verdaux
*)
7319 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, iverdef
->vd_cnt
,
7320 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
));
7321 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
7322 goto error_return_verdef
;
7326 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
7327 goto error_return_verdef
;
7329 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
7330 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_aux
));
7331 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
7332 for (j
= 0; j
< iverdef
->vd_cnt
; j
++, iverdaux
++)
7334 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd
, everdaux
, iverdaux
);
7336 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
=
7337 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
7338 iverdaux
->vda_name
);
7339 if (iverdaux
->vda_nodename
== NULL
)
7340 goto error_return_verdef
;
7342 if (j
+ 1 < iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
7343 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= iverdaux
+ 1;
7345 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= NULL
;
7347 if (iverdaux
->vda_next
7348 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdaux
))
7349 goto error_return_verdef
;
7351 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
7352 ((bfd_byte
*) everdaux
+ iverdaux
->vda_next
));
7355 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
7356 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nodename
;
7358 if ((size_t) (iverdef
- iverdefarr
) + 1 < maxidx
)
7359 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= iverdef
+ 1;
7361 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
7363 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
7364 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_next
));
7370 else if (default_imported_symver
)
7377 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= (Elf_Internal_Verdef
*)
7378 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, freeidx
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
7379 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
7382 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= freeidx
;
7385 /* Create a default version based on the soname. */
7386 if (default_imported_symver
)
7388 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
7389 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
7391 iverdef
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[freeidx
- 1];
7393 iverdef
->vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
7394 iverdef
->vd_flags
= 0;
7395 iverdef
->vd_ndx
= freeidx
;
7396 iverdef
->vd_cnt
= 1;
7398 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
7400 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd
);
7401 if (iverdef
->vd_nodename
== NULL
)
7402 goto error_return_verdef
;
7403 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
7404 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_verdaux
*)
7405 bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
));
7406 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
7407 goto error_return_verdef
;
7409 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
7410 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_nodename
;
7411 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= NULL
;
7417 if (contents
!= NULL
)
7423 _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd
*abfd
)
7425 elf_symbol_type
*newsym
;
7426 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (elf_symbol_type
);
7428 newsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7433 newsym
->symbol
.the_bfd
= abfd
;
7434 return &newsym
->symbol
;
7439 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7443 bfd_symbol_info (symbol
, ret
);
7446 /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets
7447 use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
7451 _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7454 /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */
7455 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == 'L')
7458 /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
7459 DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */
7460 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == '.')
7463 /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
7464 emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a
7465 small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
7466 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
7467 underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use,
7468 we treat such symbols as local. */
7469 if (name
[0] == '_' && name
[1] == '.' && name
[2] == 'L' && name
[3] == '_')
7476 _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7477 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7484 _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd
*abfd
,
7485 enum bfd_architecture arch
,
7486 unsigned long machine
)
7488 /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
7489 isn't the generic backend, fail. */
7490 if (arch
!= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
7491 && arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
7492 && get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
)
7495 return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd
, arch
, machine
);
7498 /* Find the function to a particular section and offset,
7499 for error reporting. */
7502 elf_find_function (bfd
*abfd
,
7506 const char **filename_ptr
,
7507 const char **functionname_ptr
)
7509 struct elf_find_function_cache
7511 asection
*last_section
;
7513 const char *filename
;
7514 bfd_size_type func_size
;
7517 if (symbols
== NULL
)
7520 cache
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_find_function_cache
;
7523 cache
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*cache
));
7524 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_find_function_cache
= cache
;
7528 if (cache
->last_section
!= section
7529 || cache
->func
== NULL
7530 || offset
< cache
->func
->value
7531 || offset
>= cache
->func
->value
+ cache
->func_size
)
7536 /* ??? Given multiple file symbols, it is impossible to reliably
7537 choose the right file name for global symbols. File symbols are
7538 local symbols, and thus all file symbols must sort before any
7539 global symbols. The ELF spec may be interpreted to say that a
7540 file symbol must sort before other local symbols, but currently
7541 ld -r doesn't do this. So, for ld -r output, it is possible to
7542 make a better choice of file name for local symbols by ignoring
7543 file symbols appearing after a given local symbol. */
7544 enum { nothing_seen
, symbol_seen
, file_after_symbol_seen
} state
;
7545 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7549 state
= nothing_seen
;
7550 cache
->filename
= NULL
;
7552 cache
->func_size
= 0;
7553 cache
->last_section
= section
;
7555 for (p
= symbols
; *p
!= NULL
; p
++)
7561 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_FILE
) != 0)
7564 if (state
== symbol_seen
)
7565 state
= file_after_symbol_seen
;
7569 size
= bed
->maybe_function_sym (sym
, section
, &code_off
);
7571 && code_off
<= offset
7572 && (code_off
> low_func
7573 || (code_off
== low_func
7574 && size
> cache
->func_size
)))
7577 cache
->func_size
= size
;
7578 cache
->filename
= NULL
;
7579 low_func
= code_off
;
7581 && ((sym
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) != 0
7582 || state
!= file_after_symbol_seen
))
7583 cache
->filename
= bfd_asymbol_name (file
);
7585 if (state
== nothing_seen
)
7586 state
= symbol_seen
;
7590 if (cache
->func
== NULL
)
7594 *filename_ptr
= cache
->filename
;
7595 if (functionname_ptr
)
7596 *functionname_ptr
= bfd_asymbol_name (cache
->func
);
7601 /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset,
7602 for error reporting. */
7605 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
,
7609 const char **filename_ptr
,
7610 const char **functionname_ptr
,
7611 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
7613 return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line_discriminator (abfd
, section
, symbols
,
7614 offset
, filename_ptr
,
7621 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line_discriminator (bfd
*abfd
,
7625 const char **filename_ptr
,
7626 const char **functionname_ptr
,
7627 unsigned int *line_ptr
,
7628 unsigned int *discriminator_ptr
)
7632 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7633 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
7636 if (!*functionname_ptr
)
7637 elf_find_function (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7638 *filename_ptr
? NULL
: filename_ptr
,
7644 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, dwarf_debug_sections
,
7645 section
, symbols
, offset
,
7646 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
7647 line_ptr
, discriminator_ptr
, 0,
7648 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
))
7650 if (!*functionname_ptr
)
7651 elf_find_function (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7652 *filename_ptr
? NULL
: filename_ptr
,
7658 if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
7659 &found
, filename_ptr
,
7660 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
7661 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->line_info
))
7663 if (found
&& (*functionname_ptr
|| *line_ptr
))
7666 if (symbols
== NULL
)
7669 if (! elf_find_function (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7670 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
))
7677 /* Find the line for a symbol. */
7680 _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**symbols
, asymbol
*symbol
,
7681 const char **filename_ptr
, unsigned int *line_ptr
)
7683 return _bfd_elf_find_line_discriminator (abfd
, symbols
, symbol
,
7684 filename_ptr
, line_ptr
,
7689 _bfd_elf_find_line_discriminator (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**symbols
, asymbol
*symbol
,
7690 const char **filename_ptr
,
7691 unsigned int *line_ptr
,
7692 unsigned int *discriminator_ptr
)
7694 return _bfd_dwarf2_find_line (abfd
, symbols
, symbol
,
7695 filename_ptr
, line_ptr
, discriminator_ptr
, 0,
7696 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
7699 /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to
7700 bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about
7701 each level of function inlining that terminated at the address
7702 passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported
7703 for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */
7706 _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
7707 const char **filename_ptr
,
7708 const char **functionname_ptr
,
7709 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
7712 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
7713 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
7714 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
7719 _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7721 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7722 int ret
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
7724 if (!info
->relocatable
)
7726 bfd_size_type phdr_size
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
;
7728 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
7730 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
7733 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
7734 phdr_size
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
7737 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
7740 elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
= phdr_size
;
7748 _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
,
7750 const void *location
,
7752 bfd_size_type count
)
7754 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
7757 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
7758 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
7761 hdr
= &elf_section_data (section
)->this_hdr
;
7762 pos
= hdr
->sh_offset
+ offset
;
7763 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
7764 || bfd_bwrite (location
, count
, abfd
) != count
)
7771 _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7772 arelent
*cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7773 Elf_Internal_Rela
*dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7778 /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */
7781 _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*areloc
)
7783 /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */
7785 if ((*areloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->the_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
)
7787 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code
;
7788 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
7790 /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
7791 equivalent ELF reloc. */
7793 if (areloc
->howto
->pc_relative
)
7795 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
7798 code
= BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL
;
7801 code
= BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL
;
7804 code
= BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL
;
7807 code
= BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL
;
7810 code
= BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL
;
7813 code
= BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL
;
7819 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
7821 if (areloc
->howto
->pcrel_offset
!= howto
->pcrel_offset
)
7823 if (howto
->pcrel_offset
)
7824 areloc
->addend
+= areloc
->address
;
7826 areloc
->addend
-= areloc
->address
; /* addend is unsigned!! */
7831 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
7837 code
= BFD_RELOC_14
;
7840 code
= BFD_RELOC_16
;
7843 code
= BFD_RELOC_26
;
7846 code
= BFD_RELOC_32
;
7849 code
= BFD_RELOC_64
;
7855 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
7859 areloc
->howto
= howto
;
7867 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7868 (_("%B: unsupported relocation type %s"),
7869 abfd
, areloc
->howto
->name
);
7870 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7875 _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd
*abfd
)
7877 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
7878 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
&& tdata
!= NULL
)
7880 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
)
7881 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
7882 _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd
, &tdata
->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
7885 return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd
);
7888 /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
7889 in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity
7890 range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing
7893 bfd_reloc_status_type
7894 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn
7895 (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7896 struct bfd_symbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7897 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7898 bfd
*obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7900 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
7903 /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native
7904 toolchains, since we rely on knowing the
7905 machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick
7906 out details about the corefile. */
7908 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
7909 /* Needed for new procfs interface on sparc-solaris. */
7910 # define _STRUCTURED_PROC 1
7911 # include <sys/procfs.h>
7914 /* Return a PID that identifies a "thread" for threaded cores, or the
7915 PID of the main process for non-threaded cores. */
7918 elfcore_make_pid (bfd
*abfd
)
7922 pid
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
;
7924 pid
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
;
7929 /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using
7930 data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a
7931 reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or
7935 elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd
*abfd
, char *name
, asection
*sect
)
7939 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
) != NULL
)
7942 sect2
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, name
, sect
->flags
);
7946 sect2
->size
= sect
->size
;
7947 sect2
->filepos
= sect
->filepos
;
7948 sect2
->alignment_power
= sect
->alignment_power
;
7952 /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This
7953 actually creates up to two pseudosections:
7954 - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless
7955 such a section already exists.
7956 - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where
7957 PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd).
7958 Both pseudosections have identical contents. */
7960 _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
7966 char *threaded_name
;
7970 /* Build the section name. */
7972 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%d", name
, elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
7973 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
7974 threaded_name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
7975 if (threaded_name
== NULL
)
7977 memcpy (threaded_name
, buf
, len
);
7979 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, threaded_name
,
7984 sect
->filepos
= filepos
;
7985 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
7987 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, name
, sect
);
7990 /* prstatus_t exists on:
7992 linux 2.[01] + glibc
7996 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
7999 elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8004 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus_t
))
8008 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
8009 offset
= offsetof (prstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
8010 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
8012 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
8013 has already been set by another thread. */
8014 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
== 0)
8015 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
8016 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
== 0)
8017 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
8019 /* pr_who exists on:
8022 pr_who doesn't exist on:
8025 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO)
8026 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
8028 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
8031 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
8032 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus32_t
))
8034 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
8035 prstatus32_t prstat
;
8037 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
8038 offset
= offsetof (prstatus32_t
, pr_reg
);
8039 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
8041 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
8042 has already been set by another thread. */
8043 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
== 0)
8044 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
8045 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
== 0)
8046 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
8048 /* pr_who exists on:
8051 pr_who doesn't exist on:
8054 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO)
8055 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
8057 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
8060 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */
8063 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
8064 note size (ie. data object type). */
8068 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
8069 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
8070 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
8072 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */
8074 /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */
8076 elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
8078 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8080 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, name
,
8081 note
->descsz
, note
->descpos
);
8084 /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms,
8085 but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this
8086 data structure apart. */
8089 elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8091 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
8094 /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note
8095 type of NT_PRXFPREG. Just include the whole note's contents
8099 elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8101 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
8104 /* Linux dumps the Intel XSAVE extended state in a note named "LINUX"
8105 with a note type of NT_X86_XSTATE. Just include the whole note's
8106 contents literally. */
8109 elfcore_grok_xstatereg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8111 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xstate", note
);
8115 elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8117 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-vmx", note
);
8121 elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8123 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-vsx", note
);
8127 elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8129 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-high-gprs", note
);
8133 elfcore_grok_s390_timer (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8135 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-timer", note
);
8139 elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8141 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-todcmp", note
);
8145 elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8147 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-todpreg", note
);
8151 elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8153 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-ctrs", note
);
8157 elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8159 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-prefix", note
);
8163 elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8165 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-last-break", note
);
8169 elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8171 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-system-call", note
);
8175 elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8177 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-arm-vfp", note
);
8181 elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8183 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-tls", note
);
8187 elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8189 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-hw-break", note
);
8193 elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8195 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch", note
);
8198 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T)
8199 typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
8200 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
8201 typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
8205 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8206 typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
8207 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
8208 typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
8212 /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at
8213 most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'.
8214 the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */
8217 _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd
*abfd
, char *start
, size_t max
)
8220 char *end
= (char *) memchr (start
, '\0', max
);
8228 dups
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 1);
8232 memcpy (dups
, start
, len
);
8238 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8240 elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8242 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t
))
8244 elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo
;
8246 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
8248 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T_PR_PID)
8249 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= psinfo
.pr_pid
;
8251 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_program
8252 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
8253 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
8255 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_command
8256 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
8257 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
8259 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
8260 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t
))
8262 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
8263 elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo
;
8265 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
8267 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T_PR_PID)
8268 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= psinfo
.pr_pid
;
8270 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_program
8271 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
8272 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
8274 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_command
8275 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
8276 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
8282 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
8283 note size (ie. data object type). */
8287 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
8288 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
8289 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
8292 char *command
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_command
;
8293 int n
= strlen (command
);
8295 if (0 < n
&& command
[n
- 1] == ' ')
8296 command
[n
- 1] = '\0';
8301 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */
8303 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
8305 elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8307 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus_t
)
8308 #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T)
8309 || note
->descsz
== sizeof (pxstatus_t
)
8315 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
8317 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
8319 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
8320 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus32_t
))
8322 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
8325 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
8327 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
8330 /* Could grab some more details from the "representative"
8331 lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an
8332 NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */
8336 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */
8338 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
8340 elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8342 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
8348 if (note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpstat
)
8349 #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T)
8350 && note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpxstatus_t
)
8355 memcpy (&lwpstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
8357 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
;
8358 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it has already been set by
8360 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
== 0)
8361 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= lwpstat
.pr_cursig
;
8363 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
8365 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
8366 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
8367 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
8370 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
8372 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8376 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
8377 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
8378 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
8379 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
8382 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
8383 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
);
8384 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
8387 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8389 if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
8392 /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */
8394 sprintf (buf
, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
8395 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
8396 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
8399 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
8401 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8405 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
8406 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
8407 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
8408 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
8411 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG)
8412 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_fpreg
);
8413 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_fpreg
);
8416 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8418 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg2", sect
);
8420 #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */
8423 elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8430 int is_active_thread
;
8433 if (note
->descsz
< 728)
8436 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (note
->namedata
, "win32"))
8439 type
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
);
8443 case 1 /* NOTE_INFO_PROCESS */:
8444 /* FIXME: need to add ->core_command. */
8445 /* process_info.pid */
8446 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
8447 /* process_info.signal */
8448 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 12);
8451 case 2 /* NOTE_INFO_THREAD */:
8452 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
8453 /* thread_info.tid */
8454 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%ld", (long) bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8));
8456 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
8457 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
8461 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
8463 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8467 /* sizeof (thread_info.thread_context) */
8469 /* offsetof (thread_info.thread_context) */
8470 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ 12;
8471 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8473 /* thread_info.is_active_thread */
8474 is_active_thread
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
8476 if (is_active_thread
)
8477 if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
8481 case 3 /* NOTE_INFO_MODULE */:
8482 /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */
8483 /* module_info.base_address */
8484 base_addr
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 4);
8485 sprintf (buf
, ".module/%08lx", (unsigned long) base_addr
);
8487 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
8488 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
8492 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
8494 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8499 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8500 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
8501 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8512 elfcore_grok_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8514 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8522 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
)
8523 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
) (abfd
, note
))
8525 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
8526 return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd
, note
);
8531 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
8533 return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd
, note
);
8536 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
8538 return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd
, note
);
8541 case NT_FPREGSET
: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */
8542 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd
, note
);
8544 case NT_WIN32PSTATUS
:
8545 return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd
, note
);
8547 case NT_PRXFPREG
: /* Linux SSE extension */
8548 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8549 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8550 return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd
, note
);
8554 case NT_X86_XSTATE
: /* Linux XSAVE extension */
8555 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8556 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8557 return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd
, note
);
8562 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8563 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8564 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (abfd
, note
);
8569 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8570 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8571 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (abfd
, note
);
8575 case NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS
:
8576 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8577 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8578 return elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (abfd
, note
);
8583 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8584 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8585 return elfcore_grok_s390_timer (abfd
, note
);
8589 case NT_S390_TODCMP
:
8590 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8591 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8592 return elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (abfd
, note
);
8596 case NT_S390_TODPREG
:
8597 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8598 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8599 return elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (abfd
, note
);
8604 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8605 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8606 return elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (abfd
, note
);
8610 case NT_S390_PREFIX
:
8611 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8612 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8613 return elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (abfd
, note
);
8617 case NT_S390_LAST_BREAK
:
8618 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8619 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8620 return elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (abfd
, note
);
8624 case NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL
:
8625 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8626 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8627 return elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (abfd
, note
);
8632 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8633 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8634 return elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (abfd
, note
);
8639 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8640 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8641 return elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (abfd
, note
);
8645 case NT_ARM_HW_BREAK
:
8646 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8647 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8648 return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (abfd
, note
);
8652 case NT_ARM_HW_WATCH
:
8653 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8654 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8655 return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (abfd
, note
);
8661 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
)
8662 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
) (abfd
, note
))
8664 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8665 return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd
, note
);
8672 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".auxv",
8677 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8678 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
8679 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
8685 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.linuxcore.file",
8689 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.linuxcore.siginfo",
8695 elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8697 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
;
8699 if (note
->descsz
== 0)
8702 t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
8703 t
->build_id
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (t
->build_id
->u
.i
) - 1 + note
->descsz
);
8704 if (t
->build_id
== NULL
)
8707 t
->build_id
->u
.i
.size
= note
->descsz
;
8708 memcpy (t
->build_id
->u
.i
.data
, note
->descdata
, note
->descsz
);
8714 elfobj_grok_gnu_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8721 case NT_GNU_BUILD_ID
:
8722 return elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (abfd
, note
);
8727 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8729 struct sdt_note
*cur
=
8730 (struct sdt_note
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct sdt_note
)
8733 cur
->next
= (struct sdt_note
*) (elf_tdata (abfd
))->sdt_note_head
;
8734 cur
->size
= (bfd_size_type
) note
->descsz
;
8735 memcpy (cur
->data
, note
->descdata
, note
->descsz
);
8737 elf_tdata (abfd
)->sdt_note_head
= cur
;
8743 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8748 return elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (abfd
, note
);
8756 elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, int *lwpidp
)
8760 cp
= strchr (note
->namedata
, '@');
8763 *lwpidp
= atoi(cp
+ 1);
8770 elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8772 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
8773 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
8774 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
8776 /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */
8777 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
8778 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x50);
8780 /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
8781 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_command
8782 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x7c, 31);
8784 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo",
8789 elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8793 if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note
, &lwp
))
8794 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= lwp
;
8796 if (note
->type
== NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO
)
8798 /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to
8799 find this note before any of the others, which is fine,
8800 since the kernel writes this note out first when it
8801 creates a core file. */
8803 return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
8806 /* As of Jan 2002 there are no other machine-independent notes
8807 defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less
8808 than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't
8811 if (note
->type
< NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
)
8815 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
8817 /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and
8818 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */
8820 case bfd_arch_alpha
:
8821 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
8824 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+0:
8825 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
8827 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+2:
8828 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
8834 /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and
8835 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */
8840 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+1:
8841 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
8843 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+3:
8844 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
8854 elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8856 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
8857 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
8858 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
8860 /* Process ID at offset 0x20. */
8861 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
8862 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x20);
8864 /* Command name at 0x48 (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
8865 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_command
8866 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x48, 31);
8872 elfcore_grok_openbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8874 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_PROCINFO
)
8875 return elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
8877 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_REGS
)
8878 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
8880 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_FPREGS
)
8881 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
8883 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_XFPREGS
)
8884 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
8886 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_AUXV
)
8888 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".auxv",
8893 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8894 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
8895 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
8900 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_WCOOKIE
)
8902 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".wcookie",
8907 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8908 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
8909 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
8918 elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, long *tid
)
8920 void *ddata
= note
->descdata
;
8927 /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */
8928 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
);
8930 /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */
8931 *tid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 4);
8933 /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */
8934 flags
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 8);
8936 /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */
8937 if ((sig
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 14)) > 0)
8939 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= sig
;
8940 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= *tid
;
8943 /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores
8944 do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current
8945 thread just in case. */
8946 if (flags
& 0x00000080)
8947 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= *tid
;
8949 /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */
8950 sprintf (buf
, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", *tid
);
8952 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
8957 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8961 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8962 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
8963 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8965 return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".qnx_core_status", sect
));
8969 elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd
*abfd
,
8970 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
,
8978 /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */
8979 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%ld", base
, tid
);
8981 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
8986 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8990 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8991 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
8992 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8994 /* This is the current thread. */
8995 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
== tid
)
8996 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, base
, sect
);
9001 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7
9002 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8
9003 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9
9004 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10
9007 elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9009 /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the
9010 tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs
9012 static long tid
= 1;
9016 case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO
:
9017 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".qnx_core_info", note
);
9018 case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS
:
9019 return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd
, note
, &tid
);
9020 case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG
:
9021 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg");
9022 case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG
:
9023 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg2");
9030 elfcore_grok_spu_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9036 /* Use note name as section name. */
9038 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
9041 memcpy (name
, note
->namedata
, len
);
9042 name
[len
- 1] = '\0';
9044 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
9048 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
9049 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
9050 sect
->alignment_power
= 1;
9055 /* Function: elfcore_write_note
9058 buffer to hold note, and current size of buffer
9062 size of data for note
9064 Writes note to end of buffer. ELF64 notes are written exactly as
9065 for ELF32, despite the current (as of 2006) ELF gabi specifying
9066 that they ought to have 8-byte namesz and descsz field, and have
9067 8-byte alignment. Other writers, eg. Linux kernel, do the same.
9070 Pointer to realloc'd buffer, *BUFSIZ updated. */
9073 elfcore_write_note (bfd
*abfd
,
9081 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
;
9088 namesz
= strlen (name
) + 1;
9090 newspace
= 12 + ((namesz
+ 3) & -4) + ((size
+ 3) & -4);
9092 buf
= (char *) realloc (buf
, *bufsiz
+ newspace
);
9095 dest
= buf
+ *bufsiz
;
9096 *bufsiz
+= newspace
;
9097 xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) dest
;
9098 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, namesz
, xnp
->namesz
);
9099 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, size
, xnp
->descsz
);
9100 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, type
, xnp
->type
);
9104 memcpy (dest
, name
, namesz
);
9112 memcpy (dest
, input
, size
);
9123 elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd
*abfd
,
9129 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9131 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
9134 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9135 NT_PRPSINFO
, fname
, psargs
);
9140 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9141 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
9142 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
9144 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
9146 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
9149 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
9152 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
9153 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
9154 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
9155 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9156 "CORE", note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
9161 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9163 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
9166 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
9169 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
9170 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
9171 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
9172 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9173 "CORE", note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
9175 #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */
9182 elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo32
9183 (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
9184 const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo
*prpsinfo
)
9186 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo32 data
;
9188 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
9189 LINUX_PRPSINFO32_SWAP_FIELDS (abfd
, prpsinfo
, data
);
9191 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
,
9192 &data
, sizeof (data
));
9196 elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo64
9197 (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
9198 const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo
*prpsinfo
)
9200 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo64 data
;
9202 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
9203 LINUX_PRPSINFO64_SWAP_FIELDS (abfd
, prpsinfo
, data
);
9205 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9206 "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
9210 elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
9217 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9219 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
9222 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9224 pid
, cursig
, gregs
);
9229 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
9230 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
9231 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
9233 prstatus32_t prstat
;
9235 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
9236 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
9237 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
9238 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
9239 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE",
9240 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
9247 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
9248 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
9249 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
9250 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
9251 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE",
9252 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
9254 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */
9260 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
9262 elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
9269 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
9270 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
9272 memset (&lwpstat
, 0, sizeof (lwpstat
));
9273 lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
= pid
>> 16;
9274 lwpstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
9275 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
9276 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
));
9277 #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
9279 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
,
9280 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
));
9282 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
,
9283 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
));
9286 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
9287 NT_LWPSTATUS
, &lwpstat
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
9289 #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */
9291 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
9293 elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
9297 int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9298 const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9300 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
9301 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
9302 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9304 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
9308 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
9309 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
9310 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
9311 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
9319 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
9320 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
9321 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
9322 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
9326 #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */
9329 elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
9335 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
9336 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9337 note_name
, NT_FPREGSET
, fpregs
, size
);
9341 elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
9344 const void *xfpregs
,
9347 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9348 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9349 note_name
, NT_PRXFPREG
, xfpregs
, size
);
9353 elfcore_write_xstatereg (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
9354 const void *xfpregs
, int size
)
9356 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9357 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9358 note_name
, NT_X86_XSTATE
, xfpregs
, size
);
9362 elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (bfd
*abfd
,
9365 const void *ppc_vmx
,
9368 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9369 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9370 note_name
, NT_PPC_VMX
, ppc_vmx
, size
);
9374 elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (bfd
*abfd
,
9377 const void *ppc_vsx
,
9380 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9381 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9382 note_name
, NT_PPC_VSX
, ppc_vsx
, size
);
9386 elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (bfd
*abfd
,
9389 const void *s390_high_gprs
,
9392 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9393 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9394 note_name
, NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS
,
9395 s390_high_gprs
, size
);
9399 elfcore_write_s390_timer (bfd
*abfd
,
9402 const void *s390_timer
,
9405 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9406 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9407 note_name
, NT_S390_TIMER
, s390_timer
, size
);
9411 elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (bfd
*abfd
,
9414 const void *s390_todcmp
,
9417 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9418 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9419 note_name
, NT_S390_TODCMP
, s390_todcmp
, size
);
9423 elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
9426 const void *s390_todpreg
,
9429 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9430 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9431 note_name
, NT_S390_TODPREG
, s390_todpreg
, size
);
9435 elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (bfd
*abfd
,
9438 const void *s390_ctrs
,
9441 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9442 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9443 note_name
, NT_S390_CTRS
, s390_ctrs
, size
);
9447 elfcore_write_s390_prefix (bfd
*abfd
,
9450 const void *s390_prefix
,
9453 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9454 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9455 note_name
, NT_S390_PREFIX
, s390_prefix
, size
);
9459 elfcore_write_s390_last_break (bfd
*abfd
,
9462 const void *s390_last_break
,
9465 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9466 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9467 note_name
, NT_S390_LAST_BREAK
,
9468 s390_last_break
, size
);
9472 elfcore_write_s390_system_call (bfd
*abfd
,
9475 const void *s390_system_call
,
9478 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9479 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9480 note_name
, NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL
,
9481 s390_system_call
, size
);
9485 elfcore_write_arm_vfp (bfd
*abfd
,
9488 const void *arm_vfp
,
9491 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9492 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9493 note_name
, NT_ARM_VFP
, arm_vfp
, size
);
9497 elfcore_write_aarch_tls (bfd
*abfd
,
9500 const void *aarch_tls
,
9503 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9504 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9505 note_name
, NT_ARM_TLS
, aarch_tls
, size
);
9509 elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (bfd
*abfd
,
9512 const void *aarch_hw_break
,
9515 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9516 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9517 note_name
, NT_ARM_HW_BREAK
, aarch_hw_break
, size
);
9521 elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (bfd
*abfd
,
9524 const void *aarch_hw_watch
,
9527 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9528 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9529 note_name
, NT_ARM_HW_WATCH
, aarch_hw_watch
, size
);
9533 elfcore_write_register_note (bfd
*abfd
,
9536 const char *section
,
9540 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg2") == 0)
9541 return elfcore_write_prfpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9542 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-xfp") == 0)
9543 return elfcore_write_prxfpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9544 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-xstate") == 0)
9545 return elfcore_write_xstatereg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9546 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-vmx") == 0)
9547 return elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9548 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-vsx") == 0)
9549 return elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9550 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-high-gprs") == 0)
9551 return elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9552 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-timer") == 0)
9553 return elfcore_write_s390_timer (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9554 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-todcmp") == 0)
9555 return elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9556 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-todpreg") == 0)
9557 return elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9558 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-ctrs") == 0)
9559 return elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9560 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-prefix") == 0)
9561 return elfcore_write_s390_prefix (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9562 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-last-break") == 0)
9563 return elfcore_write_s390_last_break (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9564 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-system-call") == 0)
9565 return elfcore_write_s390_system_call (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9566 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-arm-vfp") == 0)
9567 return elfcore_write_arm_vfp (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9568 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-tls") == 0)
9569 return elfcore_write_aarch_tls (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9570 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-hw-break") == 0)
9571 return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9572 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch") == 0)
9573 return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9578 elf_parse_notes (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, size_t size
, file_ptr offset
)
9583 while (p
< buf
+ size
)
9585 /* FIXME: bad alignment assumption. */
9586 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) p
;
9587 Elf_Internal_Note in
;
9589 if (offsetof (Elf_External_Note
, name
) > buf
- p
+ size
)
9592 in
.type
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->type
);
9594 in
.namesz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->namesz
);
9595 in
.namedata
= xnp
->name
;
9596 if (in
.namesz
> buf
- in
.namedata
+ size
)
9599 in
.descsz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->descsz
);
9600 in
.descdata
= in
.namedata
+ BFD_ALIGN (in
.namesz
, 4);
9601 in
.descpos
= offset
+ (in
.descdata
- buf
);
9603 && (in
.descdata
>= buf
+ size
9604 || in
.descsz
> buf
- in
.descdata
+ size
))
9607 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd
))
9613 if (CONST_STRNEQ (in
.namedata
, "NetBSD-CORE"))
9615 if (! elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (abfd
, &in
))
9618 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in
.namedata
, "OpenBSD"))
9620 if (! elfcore_grok_openbsd_note (abfd
, &in
))
9623 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in
.namedata
, "QNX"))
9625 if (! elfcore_grok_nto_note (abfd
, &in
))
9628 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in
.namedata
, "SPU/"))
9630 if (! elfcore_grok_spu_note (abfd
, &in
))
9635 if (! elfcore_grok_note (abfd
, &in
))
9641 if (in
.namesz
== sizeof "GNU" && strcmp (in
.namedata
, "GNU") == 0)
9643 if (! elfobj_grok_gnu_note (abfd
, &in
))
9646 else if (in
.namesz
== sizeof "stapsdt"
9647 && strcmp (in
.namedata
, "stapsdt") == 0)
9649 if (! elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (abfd
, &in
))
9655 p
= in
.descdata
+ BFD_ALIGN (in
.descsz
, 4);
9662 elf_read_notes (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type size
)
9669 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
9672 buf
= (char *) bfd_malloc (size
);
9676 if (bfd_bread (buf
, size
, abfd
) != size
9677 || !elf_parse_notes (abfd
, buf
, size
, offset
))
9687 /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */
9689 /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a
9690 copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error
9691 occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
9694 bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
9696 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
9698 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
9702 return elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
);
9705 /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries
9706 will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as
9707 defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the
9708 buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound.
9710 Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an
9711 error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
9714 bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd
*abfd
, void *phdrs
)
9718 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
9720 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
9724 num_phdrs
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
9725 memcpy (phdrs
, elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
,
9726 num_phdrs
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
9731 enum elf_reloc_type_class
9732 _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9734 return reloc_class_normal
;
9737 /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a
9738 relocation against a local symbol. */
9741 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
9742 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
9744 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
9746 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
9749 relocation
= (sec
->output_section
->vma
9750 + sec
->output_offset
9752 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
9753 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
9754 && sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
9757 _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
9758 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
9759 sym
->st_value
+ rel
->r_addend
);
9762 /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is
9763 marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original
9764 SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some
9765 other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave
9766 some info around for --emit-relocs. */
9767 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
9768 sec
->kept_section
= *psec
;
9771 rel
->r_addend
-= relocation
;
9772 rel
->r_addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
9778 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
9779 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
9783 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
9785 if (sec
->sec_info_type
!= SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
9786 return sym
->st_value
+ addend
;
9788 return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
9789 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
9790 sym
->st_value
+ addend
);
9794 _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd
*abfd
,
9795 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9799 switch (sec
->sec_info_type
)
9801 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
9802 return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec
, elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
9804 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
9805 return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd
, info
, sec
, offset
);
9807 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY
) != 0)
9809 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9810 bfd_size_type address_size
= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
9811 offset
= sec
->size
- offset
- address_size
;
9817 /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file,
9818 reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory
9819 based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it
9820 points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference
9821 between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the
9822 file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at.
9824 The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the
9825 remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it
9826 should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must
9827 be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in
9828 the remote memory. */
9831 bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory
9835 int (*target_read_memory
) (bfd_vma
, bfd_byte
*, bfd_size_type
))
9837 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ
)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory
)
9838 (templ
, ehdr_vma
, loadbasep
, target_read_memory
);
9842 _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
9843 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9844 asymbol
**syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9849 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9852 const char *relplt_name
;
9853 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
9857 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
9863 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0)
9866 if (dynsymcount
<= 0)
9869 if (!bed
->plt_sym_val
)
9872 relplt_name
= bed
->relplt_name
;
9873 if (relplt_name
== NULL
)
9874 relplt_name
= bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt";
9875 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, relplt_name
);
9879 hdr
= &elf_section_data (relplt
)->this_hdr
;
9880 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
9881 || (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
&& hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
))
9884 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
9888 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
9889 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, TRUE
))
9892 count
= relplt
->size
/ hdr
->sh_entsize
;
9893 size
= count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
9894 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
9895 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
9897 size
+= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
) + sizeof ("@plt");
9901 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8 + 8 * (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS64
);
9903 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8;
9908 s
= *ret
= (asymbol
*) bfd_malloc (size
);
9912 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
);
9913 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
9915 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
9920 addr
= bed
->plt_sym_val (i
, plt
, p
);
9921 if (addr
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
9924 *s
= **p
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
9925 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
9926 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
9927 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
9928 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
9929 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
9931 s
->value
= addr
- plt
->vma
;
9934 len
= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
9935 memcpy (names
, (*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
9941 memcpy (names
, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
9942 names
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
9943 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd
, buf
, p
->addend
);
9944 for (a
= buf
; *a
== '0'; ++a
)
9947 memcpy (names
, a
, len
);
9950 memcpy (names
, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
9951 names
+= sizeof ("@plt");
9958 /* It is only used by x86-64 so far. */
9959 asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section
9960 = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section
,
9961 SEC_IS_COMMON
, NULL
, "LARGE_COMMON", 0);
9964 _bfd_elf_set_osabi (bfd
* abfd
,
9965 struct bfd_link_info
* link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9967 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
* i_ehdrp
; /* ELF file header, internal form. */
9969 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
9971 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_osabi
;
9973 /* To make things simpler for the loader on Linux systems we set the
9974 osabi field to ELFOSABI_GNU if the binary contains symbols of
9975 the STT_GNU_IFUNC type or STB_GNU_UNIQUE binding. */
9976 if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] == ELFOSABI_NONE
9977 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_symbols
)
9978 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] = ELFOSABI_GNU
;
9982 /* Return TRUE for ELF symbol types that represent functions.
9983 This is the default version of this function, which is sufficient for
9984 most targets. It returns true if TYPE is STT_FUNC or STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
9987 _bfd_elf_is_function_type (unsigned int type
)
9989 return (type
== STT_FUNC
9990 || type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
);
9993 /* If the ELF symbol SYM might be a function in SEC, return the
9994 function size and set *CODE_OFF to the function's entry point,
9995 otherwise return zero. */
9998 _bfd_elf_maybe_function_sym (const asymbol
*sym
, asection
*sec
,
10001 bfd_size_type size
;
10003 if ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_FILE
| BSF_OBJECT
10004 | BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
| BSF_RELC
| BSF_SRELC
)) != 0
10005 || sym
->section
!= sec
)
10008 *code_off
= sym
->value
;
10010 if (!(sym
->flags
& BSF_SYNTHETIC
))
10011 size
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) sym
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;